2009-10-20 Michael Snyder <msnyder@msnyder-server.eng.vmware.com>
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
f7e42eb4 2@c Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
c3b7224a 3@c 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009
252b5132
RH
4@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
6@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
7@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
8@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
9@c in config/tc-*.c
10@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
11@c in config/obj-*.c
12@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
13@c %**start of header
14@setfilename as.info
15@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
16@macro gcctabopt{body}
17@code{\body\}
18@end macro
252b5132
RH
19@c defaults, config file may override:
20@set have-stabs
21@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
22@c man begin NAME
23@c ---
252b5132 24@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 25@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 26@c ---
0285c67d 27@c man end
4a4c4a1d 28@c ---
252b5132 29@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
30@ifset COFF
31@set COFF-ELF
32@end ifset
33@ifset ELF
34@set COFF-ELF
35@end ifset
252b5132
RH
36@ifset AOUT
37@set aout-bout
38@end ifset
39@ifset ARM/Thumb
40@set ARM
41@end ifset
42@ifset BOUT
43@set aout-bout
44@end ifset
45@ifset H8/300
46@set H8
47@end ifset
252b5132
RH
48@ifset SH
49@set H8
50@end ifset
51@ifset HPPA
52@set abnormal-separator
53@end ifset
54@c ------------
55@ifset GENERIC
56@settitle Using @value{AS}
57@end ifset
58@ifclear GENERIC
59@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
60@end ifclear
61@setchapternewpage odd
62@c %**end of header
63
64@c @smallbook
65@c @set SMALL
66@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
67@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
68@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
69@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
70@c
71@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
72@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
73@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
74@c break.
75@c
76@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
77@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
78@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
79@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
80@c discretion, of course.
81@ifinfo
82@set SMALL
83@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
84@c might as well show 'em anyways.
85@end ifinfo
86
87@ifinfo
88@format
89START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
90* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 91* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
252b5132
RH
92END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
93@end format
94@end ifinfo
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
0e9517a9 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001, 2002,
c3b7224a 1042006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 105
0285c67d 106Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 107under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
108or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
109with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
110Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 111section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
112
113@c man end
0e9517a9 114@end copying
252b5132
RH
115
116@titlepage
117@title Using @value{AS}
118@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
119@ifclear GENERIC
120@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
121@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
122@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
123@sp 1
124@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
125@end ifset
252b5132
RH
126@sp 1
127@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
128@sp 1
129@sp 13
b45619c0 130The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 131Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 132first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
133The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
134distracting the boss while they got some work
135done.
136@sp 3
137@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
138@page
139@tex
140{\parskip=0pt
141\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
142\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
143}
144%"boxit" macro for figures:
145%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
146\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
147 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
148#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
149\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
150@end tex
151
152@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
ad22bfe8 153Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001, 2002,
c3b7224a 1542006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 155
cf055d54 156 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 157 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
158 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
159 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
160 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 161 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 162
252b5132 163@end titlepage
4ecceb71 164@contents
252b5132 165
2e64b665 166@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
167@node Top
168@top Using @value{AS}
169
e49e529d
JM
170This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
171@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
172@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
173@end ifset
174version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 175@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 176This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
177code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
178@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
179
180This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
181Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 182section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 183
252b5132
RH
184@menu
185* Overview:: Overview
186* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
187* Syntax:: Syntax
188* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
189* Symbols:: Symbols
190* Expressions:: Expressions
191* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
192@ifset ELF
193* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
194@end ifset
252b5132
RH
195* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
196* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
197* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 198* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 199* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 200@end menu
2e64b665 201@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
202
203@node Overview
204@chapter Overview
205@iftex
a4fb0134 206This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 207@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 208This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
209code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
210@end ifclear
211@end iftex
212
213@cindex invocation summary
214@cindex option summary
215@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 216Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 217see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 218
0285c67d
NC
219@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
220
a4fb0134 221@ignore
0285c67d
NC
222@c man begin SEEALSO
223gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
224@c man end
a4fb0134 225@end ignore
0285c67d 226
252b5132
RH
227@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
228@c to be limited to one line for the header.
229@smallexample
0285c67d 230@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 231@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
3d6b762c 232 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565
NC
233 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
234 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
238 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
239 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79
MM
240 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
241 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
242 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
243@c
244@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
245@c Add an empty line for separation.
625e1353
RH
246@ifset ALPHA
247
248@emph{Target Alpha options:}
249 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
250 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 251 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
252 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
253 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
254@end ifset
252b5132 255@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
256
257@emph{Target ARC options:}
258 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
259 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
260@end ifset
261@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
262
263@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 264@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
265 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
266 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
267 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
268 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 269 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 270 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
271 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
272 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
273 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 274 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 275@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
276@ifset CRIS
277
278@emph{Target CRIS options:}
279 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
280 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
281 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 282 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
283@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
284@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
285@end ifset
252b5132 286@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
287
288@emph{Target D10V options:}
289 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
290@end ifset
291@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
292
293@emph{Target D30V options:}
294 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132
RH
295@end ifset
296@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
297
298@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
299 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
300@end ifset
301@ifset HPPA
302@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
303@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
304@ifset I80386
305
306@emph{Target i386 options:}
12b55ccc 307 [@b{--32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 308 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
309@end ifset
310@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
311
312@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 313@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
314 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
315 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
316 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 317@end ifset
587fe2b3 318@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 319
9e32ca89
NC
320@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
321 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
322 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
323 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 324 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 325 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 326 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
327 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
328@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
329@ifset IP2K
330
331@emph{Target IP2K options:}
332 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
333@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
334@ifset M32C
335
336@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 337 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 338@end ifset
587fe2b3 339@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 340
a4fb0134
SC
341@emph{Target M32R options:}
342 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 343 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 344@end ifset
252b5132 345@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
346
347@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
348 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 349@end ifset
60bcf0fa 350@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
351
352@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
d01030e6 353 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}]
2f904664
SC
354 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
355 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 356 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
357 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
358 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
359@end ifset
360@ifset MCORE
361
362@emph{Target MCORE options:}
363 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
364 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 365@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
366@ifset MICROBLAZE
367@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
368@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
369@end ifset
252b5132 370@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
371
372@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 373 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 374 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 375 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5
TS
376 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
377 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 378 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
5f74bc13 379 [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
437ee9d5
TS
380 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
381 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
382 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
383 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
e16bfa71 384 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 385 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 386 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 387 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 388 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
ef2e4d86 389 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
ecb4347a 390 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 391 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
392@end ifset
393@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
394
395@emph{Target MMIX options:}
396 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
397 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
398 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 399 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134
SC
400@end ifset
401@ifset PDP11
402
403@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
404 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
405 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
406 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
407@end ifset
408@ifset PJ
409
410@emph{Target picoJava options:}
411 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
412@end ifset
413@ifset PPC
414
415@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
416 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|
2f3bb96a 417 @b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|@b{-mppc64}|@b{-m620}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|@b{-mbooke}]
9b4e5766 418 [@b{-mcom}|@b{-many}|@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}] [@b{-memb}]
a4fb0134
SC
419 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
420 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}]
421 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
422 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
423@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
424@ifset RX
425
426@emph{Target RX options:}
427 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
428 [@b{-m32bit-ints}|@b{-m16bit-ints}]
429 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
430@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
431@ifset S390
432
433@emph{Target s390 options:}
434 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
435 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
436 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
437@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
438@ifset SCORE
439
440@emph{Target SCORE options:}
441 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
442 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
443 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
444 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
445@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
446@ifset SPARC
447
448@emph{Target SPARC options:}
449@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
450 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
451 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
452 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
453 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
454@end ifset
455@ifset TIC54X
456
457@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
458 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
459 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
460@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
461
462@ifset Z80
463
464@emph{Target Z80 options:}
465 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
466 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
467 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
468 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
469 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
470 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
471 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
472@end ifset
473
a4fb0134
SC
474@ifset Z8000
475@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 476@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
477@ifset XTENSA
478
479@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
43cd72b9 480 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
e0001a05 481 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
43cd72b9 482 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
9456465c 483 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
e0001a05 484@end ifset
0285c67d 485@c man end
252b5132
RH
486@end smallexample
487
0285c67d
NC
488@c man begin OPTIONS
489
a4fb0134 490@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 491@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 492
83f10cb2 493@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
494Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
495
a4fb0134 496@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
497@item -ac
498omit false conditionals
499
500@item -ad
501omit debugging directives
502
83f10cb2
NC
503@item -ag
504include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
505
252b5132
RH
506@item -ah
507include high-level source
508
509@item -al
510include assembly
511
512@item -am
513include macro expansions
514
515@item -an
516omit forms processing
517
518@item -as
519include symbols
520
521@item =file
522set the name of the listing file
523@end table
524
525You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
526listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
527the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
528
caa32fe5 529@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
530Begin in alternate macro mode.
531@ifclear man
532@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
533@end ifclear
caa32fe5 534
252b5132
RH
535@item -D
536Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
537other assemblers.
538
3d6b762c
JM
539@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
540When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
541information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
542
252b5132
RH
543@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
544Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
545@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
546indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
547value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
548use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
549
550@item -f
551``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
552compiler output).
553
329e276d
NC
554@item -g
555@itemx --gen-debug
556Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
557debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
558ECOFF or DWARF2.
559
252b5132
RH
560@item --gstabs
561Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
562may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
563
05da4302
NC
564@item --gstabs+
565Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
566extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
567debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
568may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
569the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
570
329e276d 571@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 572Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 573may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 574option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 575
252b5132
RH
576@item --help
577Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
578
ea20a7da
CC
579@item --target-help
580Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
581
252b5132
RH
582@item -I @var{dir}
583Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
584
585@item -J
586Don't warn about signed overflow.
587
588@item -K
589@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
590This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
591@end ifclear
592@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
593Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
594@end ifset
595
596@item -L
597@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
598Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
599system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
600or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
601@ifclear man
602@xref{Symbol Names}.
603@end ifclear
252b5132 604
c3a27914
NC
605@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
606Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
607listing to @var{number}.
608
609@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
610Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
611lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
612
613@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
614Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
615@var{number} bytes.
616
617@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
618Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
619to @var{number} + 1.
620
252b5132 621@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 622Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
623
624@item -R
625Fold the data section into the text section.
626
4bdd3565
NC
627@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
628Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
629@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
630assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
631memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
632requirements at the expense of speed.
633
634@item --reduce-memory-overheads
635This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
636assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
637@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
638
252b5132
RH
639@item --statistics
640Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
641assembly.
642
643@item --strip-local-absolute
644Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
645
646@item -v
647@itemx -version
a4fb0134 648Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
649
650@item --version
a4fb0134 651Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
652
653@item -W
2bdd6cf5 654@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
655Suppress warning messages.
656
2bdd6cf5
GK
657@item --fatal-warnings
658Treat warnings as errors.
659
660@item --warn
661Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
662
252b5132
RH
663@item -w
664Ignored.
665
666@item -x
667Ignored.
668
669@item -Z
670Generate an object file even after errors.
671
672@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
673Standard input, or source files to assemble.
674
675@end table
676
677@ifset ARC
678The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
679an ARC processor.
680
a4fb0134 681@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
682@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
683This option selects the core processor variant.
684@item -EB | -EL
685Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
686@end table
687@end ifset
688
689@ifset ARM
690The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
691processor family.
692
a4fb0134 693@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 694@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 695Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 696@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 697Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 698@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 699Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
700@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
701Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
702@item -mthumb
703Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 704@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
705Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
706@item -EB | -EL
707Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
708@item -mthumb-interwork
709Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
710ARM code in mind.
711@item -k
712Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
713@end table
714@end ifset
715
328eb32e
HPN
716@ifset CRIS
717See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
718@end ifset
719
252b5132
RH
720@ifset D10V
721The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
722a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 723@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
724@cindex D10V optimization
725@cindex optimization, D10V
726@item -O
727Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
728@end table
729@end ifset
730
731@ifset D30V
732The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
733processor.
a4fb0134 734@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
735@cindex D30V optimization
736@cindex optimization, D30V
737@item -O
738Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
739
740@cindex D30V nops
741@item -n
742Warn when nops are generated.
743
744@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
745@item -N
746Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
747@end table
748@end ifset
749
750@ifset I960
751The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
752Intel 80960 processor.
753
a4fb0134 754@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
755@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
756Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
757
758@item -b
759Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
760
761@item -no-relax
762Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
763error if necessary.
764
765@end table
766@end ifset
767
a40cbfa3
NC
768@ifset IP2K
769The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 770Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
771
772@table @gcctabopt
773
774@item -mip2022ext
775Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
776
777@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 778Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
779just the basic IP2022 ones.
780
781@end table
782@end ifset
783
49f58d10
JB
784@ifset M32C
785The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
786Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
787
788@table @gcctabopt
789
790@item -m32c
791Assemble M32C instructions.
792
793@item -m16c
794Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
795
c54b5932
DD
796@item -relax
797Enable support for link-time relaxations.
798
799@item -h-tick-hex
800Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
801
49f58d10
JB
802@end table
803@end ifset
804
ec694b89
NC
805@ifset M32R
806The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 807Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 808
a4fb0134 809@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
810
811@item --m32rx
812Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
813is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
814
815@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
816Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
817encountered.
818
819@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
820Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
821encountered.
822
823@end table
824@end ifset
252b5132
RH
825
826@ifset M680X0
827The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
828Motorola 68000 series.
829
a4fb0134 830@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
831
832@item -l
833Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
834
0285c67d
NC
835@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
836@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
837@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
838Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
839is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
840
841@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
842The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
843The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
844the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
845two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
846coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
847
848@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
849The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
850unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
851
852@end table
853@end ifset
854
e135f41b
NC
855@ifset PDP11
856
857For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
858see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
859
a4fb0134 860@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
861@item -mpic | -mno-pic
862Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 863default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
864
865@item -mall
866@itemx -mall-extensions
867Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
868
869@item -mno-extensions
870Disable all instruction set extensions.
871
872@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
873Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
874
875@item -m@var{cpu}
876Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
877disable all other extensions.
878
879@item -m@var{machine}
880Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
881model, and disable all other extensions.
882@end table
883
884@end ifset
885
041dd5a9
ILT
886@ifset PJ
887The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
888a picoJava processor.
889
a4fb0134 890@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
891
892@cindex PJ endianness
893@cindex endianness, PJ
894@cindex big endian output, PJ
895@item -mb
896Generate ``big endian'' format output.
897
898@cindex little endian output, PJ
899@item -ml
900Generate ``little endian'' format output.
901
902@end table
903@end ifset
904
60bcf0fa
NC
905@ifset M68HC11
906The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
907Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
908
a4fb0134 909@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 910
d01030e6 911@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12
60bcf0fa
NC
912Specify what processor is the target. The default is
913defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
914
2f904664
SC
915@item -mshort
916Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
917
918@item -mlong
919Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
920
921@item -mshort-double
922Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
923
924@item -mlong-double
925Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
926
1370e33d 927@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
928Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
929conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
930sub routine.
931
1370e33d
NC
932@item -S | --short-branches
933Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
934when the offset is out of range.
935
936@item --strict-direct-mode
937Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
938when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
939
940@item --print-insn-syntax
941Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
942
943@item --print-opcodes
944print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
945
946@item --generate-example
947print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 948This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
949
950@end table
951@end ifset
952
252b5132 953@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 954The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
955for the SPARC architecture:
956
a4fb0134 957@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
958@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
959@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
960Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
961
962@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
963@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
964
965@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
966UltraSPARC extensions.
967
968@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
969For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
970equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
971
972@item -bump
973Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
974@end table
975@end ifset
976
39bec121
TW
977@ifset TIC54X
978The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
979architecture.
980
a4fb0134 981@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
982@item -mfar-mode
983Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
984extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
985@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
986Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
987@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
988Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
989behaviour in the shell.
990@end table
991@end ifset
992
252b5132
RH
993@ifset MIPS
994The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
437ee9d5 995a @sc{mips} processor.
252b5132 996
a4fb0134 997@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
998@item -G @var{num}
999This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1000implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1001use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1002
1003@cindex MIPS endianness
1004@cindex endianness, MIPS
1005@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1006@item -EB
1007Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1008
1009@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1010@item -EL
1011Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1012
1013@cindex MIPS ISA
1014@item -mips1
1015@itemx -mips2
1016@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1017@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1018@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1019@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1020@itemx -mips32r2
4058e45f 1021@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1022@itemx -mips64r2
437ee9d5
TS
1023Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} Instruction Set Architecture level.
1024@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1025alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1026@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
5f74bc13
CD
1027@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips64}, and
1028@samp{-mips64r2}
af7ee8bf 1029correspond to generic
5f74bc13
CD
1030@samp{MIPS V}, @samp{MIPS32}, @samp{MIPS32 Release 2}, @samp{MIPS64},
1031and @samp{MIPS64 Release 2}
1032ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5
TS
1033
1034@item -march=@var{CPU}
1035Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1036
1037@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
1038Schedule and tune for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1039
1040@item -mfix7000
1041@itemx -mno-fix7000
1042Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1043of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1044
ecb4347a
DJ
1045@item -mdebug
1046@itemx -no-mdebug
1047Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1048section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1049
dcd410fe
RO
1050@item -mpdr
1051@itemx -mno-pdr
1052Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1053
437ee9d5
TS
1054@item -mgp32
1055@itemx -mfp32
1056The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1057flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1058all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1059and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1060
1061@item -mips16
1062@itemx -no-mips16
1063Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1064@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1065turns off this option.
252b5132 1066
e16bfa71
TS
1067@item -msmartmips
1068@itemx -mno-smartmips
1069Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1070equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1071@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1072
1f25f5d3
CD
1073@item -mips3d
1074@itemx -no-mips3d
1075Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1076This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1077@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1078
deec1734
CD
1079@item -mdmx
1080@itemx -no-mdmx
1081Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1082This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1083@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1084
2ef2b9ae
CF
1085@item -mdsp
1086@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1087Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1088This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1089@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1090
8b082fb1
TS
1091@item -mdspr2
1092@itemx -mno-dspr2
1093Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1094This option implies -mdsp.
1095This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1096@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1097
ef2e4d86
CF
1098@item -mmt
1099@itemx -mno-mt
1100Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1101This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1102@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1103
437ee9d5
TS
1104@item --construct-floats
1105@itemx --no-construct-floats
1106The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1107double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1108value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1109the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1110selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132
RH
1111
1112@cindex emulation
1113@item --emulation=@var{name}
a4fb0134 1114This option causes @command{@value{AS}} to emulate @command{@value{AS}} configured
252b5132
RH
1115for some other target, in all respects, including output format (choosing
1116between ELF and ECOFF only), handling of pseudo-opcodes which may generate
1117debugging information or store symbol table information, and default
1118endianness. The available configuration names are: @samp{mipsecoff},
1119@samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslecoff}, @samp{mipsbecoff}, @samp{mipslelf},
1120@samp{mipsbelf}. The first two do not alter the default endianness from that
1121of the primary target for which the assembler was configured; the others change
1122the default to little- or big-endian as indicated by the @samp{b} or @samp{l}
1123in the name. Using @samp{-EB} or @samp{-EL} will override the endianness
1124selection in any case.
1125
1126This option is currently supported only when the primary target
437ee9d5 1127@command{@value{AS}} is configured for is a @sc{mips} ELF or ECOFF target.
252b5132
RH
1128Furthermore, the primary target or others specified with
1129@samp{--enable-targets=@dots{}} at configuration time must include support for
1130the other format, if both are to be available. For example, the Irix 5
1131configuration includes support for both.
1132
1133Eventually, this option will support more configurations, with more
1134fine-grained control over the assembler's behavior, and will be supported for
1135more processors.
1136
1137@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1138@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1139the native tools.
1140
252b5132
RH
1141@item --trap
1142@itemx --no-trap
1143@itemx --break
1144@itemx --no-break
1145Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1146@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1147(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1148@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1149break exception.
63486801
L
1150
1151@item -n
a4fb0134 1152When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1153time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1154@end table
1155@end ifset
1156
1157@ifset MCORE
1158The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1159an MCore processor.
1160
a4fb0134 1161@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1162@item -jsri2bsr
1163@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1164Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1165The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1166
1167@item -sifilter
1168@itemx -nosifilter
1169Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1170The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1171
1172@item -relax
1173Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1174
ec694b89
NC
1175@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1176Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1177can be assembled.
1178
1179@item -EB
1180Assemble for a big endian target.
1181
1182@item -EL
1183Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1184
1185@end table
1186@end ifset
1187
3c3bdf30
NC
1188@ifset MMIX
1189See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1190@end ifset
1191
11c19e16
MS
1192@ifset S390
1193The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1194processor family.
1195
1196@table @gcctabopt
1197@item -m31
1198@itemx -m64
1199Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1200@item -mesa
1201@item -mzarch
1202Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1203Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1204@item -march=@var{processor}
1205Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
1206@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, or @samp{z10}.
1207@item -mregnames
1208@itemx -mno-regnames
1209Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1210@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1211Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1212but evaluates to zero.
1213@end table
1214@end ifset
1215
e0001a05
NC
1216@ifset XTENSA
1217The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1218an Xtensa processor.
1219
1220@table @gcctabopt
e0001a05
NC
1221@item --text-section-literals | --no-text-section-literals
1222With @option{--text-@-section-@-literals}, literal pools are interspersed
1223in the text section. The default is
1224@option{--no-@-text-@-section-@-literals}, which places literals in a
43cd72b9
BW
1225separate section in the output file. These options only affect literals
1226referenced via PC-relative @code{L32R} instructions; literals for
1227absolute mode @code{L32R} instructions are handled separately.
1228
1229@item --absolute-literals | --no-absolute-literals
1230Indicate to the assembler whether @code{L32R} instructions use absolute
1231or PC-relative addressing. The default is to assume absolute addressing
1232if the Xtensa processor includes the absolute @code{L32R} addressing
1233option. Otherwise, only the PC-relative @code{L32R} mode can be used.
e0001a05
NC
1234
1235@item --target-align | --no-target-align
1236Enable or disable automatic alignment to reduce branch penalties at the
1237expense of some code density. The default is @option{--target-@-align}.
1238
1239@item --longcalls | --no-longcalls
1240Enable or disable transformation of call instructions to allow calls
1241across a greater range of addresses. The default is
1242@option{--no-@-longcalls}.
43cd72b9
BW
1243
1244@item --transform | --no-transform
1245Enable or disable all assembler transformations of Xtensa instructions.
1246The default is @option{--transform};
1247@option{--no-transform} should be used only in the rare cases when the
1248instructions must be exactly as specified in the assembly source.
00e3c476
BW
1249
1250@item --rename-section @var{oldname}=@var{newname}
1251When generating output sections, rename the @var{oldname} section to
1252@var{newname}.
e0001a05
NC
1253@end table
1254@end ifset
1255
3c9b82ba
NC
1256@ifset Z80
1257The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1258a Z80 family processor.
1259@table @gcctabopt
1260@item -z80
1261Assemble for Z80 processor.
1262@item -r800
1263Assemble for R800 processor.
1264@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
1265@itemx -Wnud
1266Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
1267@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
1268@itemx -Wnup
1269Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
1270@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
1271@itemx -Wud
1272Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
1273@item -warn-unportable-instructions
1274@itemx -Wup
b45619c0 1275Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
3c9b82ba
NC
1276@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
1277@itemx -Fud
1278Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
1279@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
1280@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1281Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1282@end table
1283@end ifset
1284
0285c67d
NC
1285@c man end
1286
252b5132
RH
1287@menu
1288* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1289* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1290* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1291* Command Line:: Command Line
1292* Input Files:: Input Files
1293* Object:: Output (Object) File
1294* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1295@end menu
1296
1297@node Manual
1298@section Structure of this Manual
1299
1300@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1301This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1302@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1303notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1304@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1305
1306@ifclear GENERIC
1307We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1308configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1309@end ifclear
1310@ifset GENERIC
1311This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1312various flavors of the assembler.
1313@end ifset
1314
1315@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1316On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1317to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1318In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1319architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1320mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1321particular architecture.
1322@ifset GENERIC
1323You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1324machine architecture manual for this information.
1325@end ifset
1326@ifclear GENERIC
1327@ifset H8/300
1328For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1329Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1330Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1331@end ifset
252b5132 1332@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1333For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1334see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1335@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1336@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1337@end ifset
1338@ifset Z8000
1339For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1340@end ifset
1341@end ifclear
1342
1343@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1344@ignore
1345Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1346the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1347Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1348computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1349once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1350qualification.
1351
a4fb0134 1352@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1353human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1354computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1355@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1356@end ignore
1357
1358@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1359@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1360@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1361@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1362@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1363@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1364@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1365@c directives).
1366
1367@node GNU Assembler
1368@section The GNU Assembler
1369
0285c67d
NC
1370@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1371
a4fb0134 1372@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1373@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1374This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1375configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1376@end ifclear
1377If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1378should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1379architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1380including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1381@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1382
1383@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1384@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1385@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1386@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1387assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1388machine would assemble.
1389@ifset VAX
1390Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1391@end ifset
1392@ifset M680X0
1393@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1394@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1395This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1396assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1397incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1398@end ifset
1399
0285c67d
NC
1400@c man end
1401
a4fb0134 1402Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1403program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1404@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1405
1406@node Object Formats
1407@section Object File Formats
1408
1409@cindex object file format
1410The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1411object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1412write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1413are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1414Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1415@ifclear GENERIC
1416@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1417For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1418@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1419@end ifclear
1420@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1421@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1422On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1423@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1424@end ifset
1425@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1426On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1427SOM or ELF format object files.
1428@end ifset
1429@end ifclear
1430
1431@node Command Line
1432@section Command Line
1433
1434@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1435
a4fb0134 1436After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1437options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1438before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1439significant.
1440
1441@cindex standard input, as input file
1442@kindex --
1443@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1444explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1445
1446@cindex options, command line
1447Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1448hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1449@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1450option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1451the letter is important. All options are optional.
1452
1453Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1454name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1455with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1456standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1457
1458@smallexample
1459@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1460@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1461@end smallexample
1462
1463@node Input Files
1464@section Input Files
1465
1466@cindex input
1467@cindex source program
1468@cindex files, input
1469We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1470describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1471be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1472doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1473
1474@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1475@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1476The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1477order specified.
1478
0285c67d 1479@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1480Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1481program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1482(The standard input is also a file.)
1483
a4fb0134 1484You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1485names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1486command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1487is taken to be an input file name.
1488
a4fb0134
SC
1489If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1490from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1491may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1492to assemble.
1493
1494Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1495in your command line.
1496
a4fb0134 1497If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1498file.
1499
0285c67d
NC
1500@c man end
1501
252b5132
RH
1502@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1503
1504@cindex input file linenumbers
1505@cindex line numbers, in input files
1506There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1507either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1508number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1509``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1510
1511@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1512to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1513
1514@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1515directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1516error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1517is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1518@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1519@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1520
1521@node Object
1522@section Output (Object) File
1523
1524@cindex object file
1525@cindex output file
1526@kindex a.out
1527@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1528Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1529your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1530is the object file. Its default name is
1531@ifclear BOUT
1532@code{a.out}.
1533@end ifclear
1534@ifset BOUT
1535@ifset GENERIC
1536@code{a.out}, or
1537@end ifset
a4fb0134 1538@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1539@end ifset
a4fb0134 1540You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1541object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1542reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1543directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1544possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1545
1546@cindex linker
1547@kindex ld
1548The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1549assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1550the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1551information for the debugger.
1552
1553@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1554@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1555
1556@node Errors
1557@section Error and Warning Messages
1558
0285c67d
NC
1559@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1560
a349d9dd 1561@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
1562@cindex warning messages
1563@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 1564@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 1565file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
1566runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1567that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
1568grave problem that stops the assembly.
1569
0285c67d
NC
1570@c man end
1571
252b5132
RH
1572@cindex format of warning messages
1573Warning messages have the format
1574
1575@smallexample
1576file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
1577@end smallexample
1578
1579@noindent
1580@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
1581(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
1582(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
1583the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
1584@ifset GENERIC
1585(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
1586@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1587then it is used to calculate the number printed,
1588otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
1589message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
1590tradition).
1591
1592@cindex format of error messages
1593Error messages have the format
1594@smallexample
1595file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
1596@end smallexample
1597The file name and line number are derived as for warning
1598messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
1599because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
1600
1601@node Invoking
1602@chapter Command-Line Options
1603
1604@cindex options, all versions of assembler
1605This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
1606versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
1607for options specific
252b5132 1608@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 1609to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
1610@end ifclear
1611@ifset GENERIC
1612to particular machine architectures.
1613@end ifset
1614
0285c67d
NC
1615@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1616
c1253627 1617If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
1618you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
1619The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
1620by commas. For example:
1621
1622@smallexample
1623gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
1624@end smallexample
1625
1626@noindent
1627This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 1628standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
1629local symbols in the symbol table).
1630
1631Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
1632command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
1633(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
1634precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
1635assembler.)
1636
0285c67d
NC
1637@c man end
1638
252b5132 1639@menu
83f10cb2 1640* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 1641* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
1642* D:: -D for compatibility
1643* f:: -f to work faster
1644* I:: -I for .include search path
1645@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1646* K:: -K for compatibility
1647@end ifclear
1648@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1649* K:: -K for difference tables
1650@end ifset
1651
ba83aca1 1652* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 1653* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
1654* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
1655* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
1656* o:: -o to name the object file
1657* R:: -R to join data and text sections
1658* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
1659* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
1660* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 1661* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
1662* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
1663@end menu
1664
1665@node a
83f10cb2 1666@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
1667
1668@kindex -a
1669@kindex -ac
1670@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 1671@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
1672@kindex -ah
1673@kindex -al
1674@kindex -an
1675@kindex -as
1676@cindex listings, enabling
1677@cindex assembly listings, enabling
1678
1679These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
1680@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
1681You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
1682@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
1683@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
1684@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
1685High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
1686@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
1687also.
1688
83f10cb2
NC
1689Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
1690information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
1691
252b5132
RH
1692Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
1693which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
1694other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
1695omitted from the listing.
1696
1697Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
1698listing.
1699
1700Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
1701listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
1702@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
1703@code{.sbttl}.
1704The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
1705If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
1706listing-control directives have no effect.
1707
1708The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
1709@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
1710
96e9638b
BW
1711Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
1712because it
c3a27914
NC
1713is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
1714is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
1715directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
1716stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
1717memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
1718
caa32fe5
NC
1719@node alternate
1720@section @option{--alternate}
1721
1722@kindex --alternate
1723Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
1724
252b5132 1725@node D
a4fb0134 1726@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
1727
1728@kindex -D
1729This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
1730likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 1731@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1732
1733@node f
a4fb0134 1734@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
1735
1736@kindex -f
1737@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 1738@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
1739@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
1740(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
1741and comment preprocessing on
1742the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
1743,Preprocessing}.
1744
1745@quotation
1746@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 1747preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
1748not work correctly.
1749@end quotation
1750
1751@node I
c1253627 1752@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
1753
1754@kindex -I @var{path}
1755@cindex paths for @code{.include}
1756@cindex search path for @code{.include}
1757@cindex @code{include} directive search path
1758Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
1759@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
1760directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 1761many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 1762working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1763searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
1764specified (left to right) on the command line.
1765
1766@node K
a4fb0134 1767@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
1768
1769@kindex -K
1770@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1771On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
1772permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
1773where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
1774generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
1775family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
1776alteration on other platforms.
1777@end ifclear
1778
1779@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1780@cindex difference tables, warning
1781@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
1782@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
1783form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
1784You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
1785is done.
1786@end ifset
1787
1788@node L
ba83aca1 1789@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
1790
1791@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
1792@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
1793Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
1794@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
1795called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
1796such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
1797programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
1798notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
1799such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
1800
1801This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 1802in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 1803@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 1804
c3a27914 1805@node listing
a4fb0134 1806@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
1807
1808The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
1809@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
1810hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
1811them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
1812directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
1813@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
1814@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
1815@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 1816
a4fb0134 1817@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
1818@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
1819@kindex --listing-lhs-width
1820@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
1821Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
1822dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
1823
1824@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
1825@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
1826@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
1827Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 1828a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
1829the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
1830switch is used the default is to one.
1831
1832@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
1833@kindex --listing-rhs-width
1834@cindex Width of source line output
1835Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
1836alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
1837source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
1838
1839@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
1840@kindex --listing-cont-lines
1841@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
1842Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
1843displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
1844@end table
1845
252b5132 1846@node M
a4fb0134 1847@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
1848
1849@kindex -M
1850@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
1851The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
1852changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
1853compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
1854configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
1855MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
1856information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
1857arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 1858assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1859
1860The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
1861depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
1862file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
1863individually. These are:
1864
1865@itemize @bullet
1866@item global symbols in common section
1867
1868The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 1869Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
1870common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
1871symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
1872symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
1873
1874@item complex relocations
1875
1876The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
1877relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
1878are not support by other object file formats.
1879
1880@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
1881
1882The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
1883This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 1884instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
1885script.
1886
1887@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
1888
1889The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
1890name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
1891
1892@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
1893
1894The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 1895address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
1896which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
1897not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
1898assigned within a linker script.
1899@end itemize
1900
1901There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 1902@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
1903seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
1904
1905@itemize @bullet
1906
1907@item EBCDIC strings
1908
1909EBCDIC strings are not supported.
1910
1911@item packed binary coded decimal
1912
1913Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
1914and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
1915
1916@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
1917
1918The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
1919
1920@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
1921
1922The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
1923
1924@item @code{OPT} branch control options
1925
1926The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 1927@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
1928relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
1929these options serve no purpose.
1930
1931@item @code{OPT} list control options
1932
1933The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
1934@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
1935@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
1936
1937@item other @code{OPT} options
1938
1939The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
1940@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
1941
1942@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
1943
1944The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
1945@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
1946
1947@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
1948
1949The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
1950
1951@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
1952
1953The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
1954
1955@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
1956
1957The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
1958
1959@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
1960
1961The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
1962
1963@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
1964
1965The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
1966
1967@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
1968
1969The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
1970
1971@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
1972
1973The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
1974
1975@end itemize
1976
1977@node MD
c1253627 1978@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
1979
1980@kindex --MD
1981@cindex dependency tracking
1982@cindex make rules
1983
a4fb0134 1984@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
1985file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
1986dependencies of the main source file.
1987
1988The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
1989
1990This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
1991
1992@node o
a4fb0134 1993@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
1994
1995@kindex -o
1996@cindex naming object file
1997@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 1998There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
1999default it has the name
2000@ifset GENERIC
2001@ifset I960
2002@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2003@end ifset
2004@ifclear I960
2005@file{a.out}.
2006@end ifclear
2007@end ifset
2008@ifclear GENERIC
2009@ifset I960
2010@file{b.out}.
2011@end ifset
2012@ifclear I960
2013@file{a.out}.
2014@end ifclear
2015@end ifclear
2016You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2017object file a different name.
2018
a4fb0134 2019Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2020existing file of the same name.
2021
2022@node R
a4fb0134 2023@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2024
2025@kindex -R
2026@cindex data and text sections, joining
2027@cindex text and data sections, joining
2028@cindex joining text and data sections
2029@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2030@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2031data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2032the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2033section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2034your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2035appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2036
a4fb0134 2037When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2038address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2039data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2040older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2041
c1253627
NC
2042@ifset COFF-ELF
2043When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2044this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2045@samp{.data}.
2046@end ifset
2047
2048@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2049@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2050@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2051@end ifset
2052
2053@node statistics
a4fb0134 2054@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2055
2056@kindex --statistics
2057@cindex statistics, about assembly
2058@cindex time, total for assembly
2059@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2060Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2061@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2062(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2063seconds).
2064
2065@node traditional-format
c1253627 2066@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2067
2068@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2069For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2070from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2071@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2072
2073For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2074@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2075
2076@node v
a4fb0134 2077@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2078
2079@kindex -v
2080@kindex -version
2081@cindex assembler version
2082@cindex version of assembler
2083You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2084option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2085command line.
2086
2087@node W
a4fb0134 2088@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2089
a4fb0134 2090@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2091assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2092cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2093made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2094
c1253627
NC
2095@kindex -W
2096@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2097@cindex suppressing warnings
2098@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2099If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2100This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2101how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2102are still reported.
2103
c1253627 2104@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2105@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2106@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2107If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2108files that generate warnings to be in error.
2109
c1253627 2110@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2111@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2112You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2113causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2114
2115@node Z
a4fb0134 2116@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2117@cindex object file, after errors
2118@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2119After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2120some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2121@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2122option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2123writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2124errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2125
2126@node Syntax
2127@chapter Syntax
2128
2129@cindex machine-independent syntax
2130@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2131This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2132source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2133assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2134@ifclear VAX
2135assembler.
2136@end ifclear
2137@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2138assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2139@end ifset
2140
2141@menu
2142* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
2143* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2144* Comments:: Comments
2145* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2146* Statements:: Statements
2147* Constants:: Constants
2148@end menu
2149
2150@node Preprocessing
2151@section Preprocessing
2152
2153@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2154The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2155@itemize @bullet
2156@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2157@item
2158adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2159the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2160a single space.
2161
2162@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2163@item
2164removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2165appropriate number of newlines.
2166
2167@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2168@item
2169converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2170@end itemize
2171
2172It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2173anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2174do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2175(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2176to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2177@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2178Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2179
2180Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2181cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2182preprocessed.
2183
2184@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2185@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2186@kindex #NO_APP
2187@kindex #APP
2188If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2189@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2190Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2191specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2192text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2193@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2194@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2195and whitespace.
2196
2197@node Whitespace
2198@section Whitespace
2199
2200@cindex whitespace
2201@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2202Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2203people to read. Unless within character constants
2204(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2205as exactly one space.
2206
2207@node Comments
2208@section Comments
2209
2210@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2211There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2212cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2213
2214Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2215This means you may not nest these comments.
2216
2217@smallexample
2218/*
2219 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2220 is to use this sort of comment.
2221*/
2222
2223/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2224@end smallexample
2225
2226@cindex line comment character
2227Anything from the @dfn{line comment} character to the next newline
2228is considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is
252b5132
RH
2229@ifset ARC
2230@samp{;} on the ARC;
2231@end ifset
550262c4
NC
2232@ifset ARM
2233@samp{@@} on the ARM;
2234@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2235@ifset H8/300
2236@samp{;} for the H8/300 family;
2237@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2238@ifset HPPA
2239@samp{;} for the HPPA;
2240@end ifset
55b62671
AJ
2241@ifset I80386
2242@samp{#} on the i386 and x86-64;
2243@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2244@ifset I960
2245@samp{#} on the i960;
2246@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
2247@ifset PDP11
2248@samp{;} for the PDP-11;
2249@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
2250@ifset PJ
2251@samp{;} for picoJava;
2252@end ifset
418c1742 2253@ifset PPC
3fb9d77f 2254@samp{#} for Motorola PowerPC;
418c1742 2255@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
2256@ifset S390
2257@samp{#} for IBM S/390;
2258@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
2259@ifset SCORE
2260@samp{#} for the Sunplus SCORE;
2261@end ifset
252b5132 2262@ifset SH
ef230218 2263@samp{!} for the Renesas / SuperH SH;
252b5132
RH
2264@end ifset
2265@ifset SPARC
2266@samp{!} on the SPARC;
2267@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
2268@ifset IP2K
2269@samp{#} on the ip2k;
2270@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
2271@ifset M32C
2272@samp{#} on the m32c;
2273@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2274@ifset M32R
2275@samp{#} on the m32r;
2276@end ifset
2277@ifset M680X0
2278@samp{|} on the 680x0;
2279@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
2280@ifset M68HC11
2281@samp{#} on the 68HC11 and 68HC12;
2282@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2283@ifset VAX
2284@samp{#} on the Vax;
2285@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
2286@ifset Z80
2287@samp{;} for the Z80;
2288@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2289@ifset Z8000
2290@samp{!} for the Z8000;
2291@end ifset
2292@ifset V850
2293@samp{#} on the V850;
2294@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
2295@ifset XTENSA
2296@samp{#} for Xtensa systems;
2297@end ifset
252b5132 2298see @ref{Machine Dependencies}. @refill
81b0b3f1 2299@c FIXME What about i860?
252b5132
RH
2300
2301@ifset GENERIC
2302On some machines there are two different line comment characters. One
2303character only begins a comment if it is the first non-whitespace character on
2304a line, while the other always begins a comment.
2305@end ifset
2306
2307@ifset V850
2308The V850 assembler also supports a double dash as starting a comment that
2309extends to the end of the line.
2310
2311@samp{--};
2312@end ifset
2313
2314@kindex #
2315@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2316@cindex logical line numbers
2317To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2318special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2319expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2320line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2321new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2322
2323If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2324the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2325
2326@smallexample
2327 # This is an ordinary comment.
2328# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2329 # This is logical line # 36.
2330@end smallexample
2331This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2332of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2333
2334@node Symbol Intro
2335@section Symbols
2336
2337@cindex characters used in symbols
2338@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2339A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2340letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2341@samp{_.$}.
2342@end ifclear
2343@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2344@ifclear GENERIC
2345@ifset H8
2346A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2347letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2348@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2349symbol names.)
2350@end ifset
2351@end ifclear
2352@end ifset
2353@ifset GENERIC
2354On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2355are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2356@end ifset
2357No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
2358There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Symbols are
2359delimited by characters not in that set, or by the beginning of a file
2360(since the source program must end with a newline, the end of a file is
2361not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
2362@cindex length of symbols
2363
2364@node Statements
2365@section Statements
2366
2367@cindex statements, structure of
2368@cindex line separator character
2369@cindex statement separator character
2370@ifclear GENERIC
2371@ifclear abnormal-separator
2372A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or at a
2373semicolon (@samp{;}). The newline or semicolon is considered part of
2374the preceding statement. Newlines and semicolons within character
2375constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2376@end ifclear
2377@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2378@ifset HPPA
2379A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or an exclamation
2380point (@samp{!}). The newline or exclamation point is considered part of the
2381preceding statement. Newlines and exclamation points within character
2382constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2383@end ifset
2384@ifset H8
2385A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}); or (for the
7be1c489 2386H8/300) a dollar sign (@samp{$}); or (for the Renesas-SH) a semicolon
252b5132
RH
2387(@samp{;}). The newline or separator character is considered part of
2388the preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character
2389constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2390@end ifset
2391@end ifset
2392@end ifclear
2393@ifset GENERIC
2394A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or line
96e9638b
BW
2395separator character. (The line separator is usually @samp{;}, unless this
2396conflicts with the comment character; see @ref{Machine Dependencies}.) The
252b5132
RH
2397newline or separator character is considered part of the preceding
2398statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
2399exception: they do not end statements.
2400@end ifset
2401
2402@cindex newline, required at file end
2403@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2404It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2405character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2406
2407An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2408
2409@cindex instructions and directives
2410@cindex directives and instructions
2411@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2412@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2413@c 13feb91.
2414A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2415key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2416symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2417symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2418directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2419a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2420assembles into a machine language instruction.
2421@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2422Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2423recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2424represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2425language.@refill
2426@end ifset
2427
2428@cindex @code{:} (label)
2429@cindex label (@code{:})
2430A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2431Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2432have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2433
2434@ifset HPPA
2435For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
2436the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2437only one label may be defined on each line.
2438@end ifset
2439
2440@smallexample
2441label: .directive followed by something
2442another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2443 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2444@end smallexample
2445
2446@node Constants
2447@section Constants
2448
2449@cindex constants
2450A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2451inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2452@smallexample
2453@group
2454.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2455.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2456.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2457.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
245895028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2459@end group
2460@end smallexample
2461
2462@menu
2463* Characters:: Character Constants
2464* Numbers:: Number Constants
2465@end menu
2466
2467@node Characters
2468@subsection Character Constants
2469
2470@cindex character constants
2471@cindex constants, character
2472There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2473for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2474numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2475@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2476used in arithmetic expressions.
2477
2478@menu
2479* Strings:: Strings
2480* Chars:: Characters
2481@end menu
2482
2483@node Strings
2484@subsubsection Strings
2485
2486@cindex string constants
2487@cindex constants, string
2488A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2489double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2490into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2491a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2492one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2493@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2494(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2495escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2496
2497@cindex escape codes, character
2498@cindex character escape codes
2499@table @kbd
2500@c @item \a
2501@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2502@c
2503@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2504@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2505@item \b
2506Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2507
2508@c @item \e
2509@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2510@c
2511@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2512@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2513@item \f
2514Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2515
2516@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2517@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2518@item \n
2519Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2520
2521@c @item \p
2522@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2523@c
2524@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2525@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2526@item \r
2527Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2528
2529@c @item \s
2530@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2531@c other assemblers.
2532@c
2533@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2534@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2535@item \t
2536Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2537
2538@c @item \v
2539@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2540@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2541@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2542@c
2543@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2544@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2545@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2546An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2547For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2548for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2549
2550@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2551@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2552@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2553A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2554lower case @code{x} works.
2555
2556@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2557@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2558@item \\
2559Represents one @samp{\} character.
2560
2561@c @item \'
2562@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2563@c This is needed in single character literals
2564@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2565@c a @samp{'}.
2566@c
2567@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2568@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2569@item \"
2570Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2571this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2572
2573@item \ @var{anything-else}
2574Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2575assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2576you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2577interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2578other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2579code and warns you of the fact.
2580@end table
2581
2582Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2583varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2584the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2585compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2586sequence.
2587
2588@node Chars
2589@subsubsection Characters
2590
2591@cindex single character constant
2592@cindex character, single
2593@cindex constant, single character
2594A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2595followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2596to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2597must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2598@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2599grave accent. A newline
2600@ifclear GENERIC
2601@ifclear abnormal-separator
2602(or semicolon @samp{;})
2603@end ifclear
2604@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2605@ifset H8
2606(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2607Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2608@end ifset
2609@end ifset
2610@end ifclear
2611immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2612and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2613constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2614that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2615@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2616
2617@node Numbers
2618@subsection Number Constants
2619
2620@cindex constants, number
2621@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2622@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2623are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2624would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2625integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2626are floating point numbers, described below.
2627
2628@menu
2629* Integers:: Integers
2630* Bignums:: Bignums
2631* Flonums:: Flonums
2632@ifclear GENERIC
2633@ifset I960
2634* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2635@end ifset
2636@end ifclear
2637@end menu
2638
2639@node Integers
2640@subsubsection Integers
2641@cindex integers
2642@cindex constants, integer
2643
2644@cindex binary integers
2645@cindex integers, binary
2646A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2647the binary digits @samp{01}.
2648
2649@cindex octal integers
2650@cindex integers, octal
2651An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2652digits (@samp{01234567}).
2653
2654@cindex decimal integers
2655@cindex integers, decimal
2656A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
2657more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
2658
2659@cindex hexadecimal integers
2660@cindex integers, hexadecimal
2661A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
2662more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
2663
2664Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
2665the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
2666(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
2667
2668@node Bignums
2669@subsubsection Bignums
2670
2671@cindex bignums
2672@cindex constants, bignum
2673A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
2674except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
2675represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
2676integers are permitted while bignums are not.
2677
2678@node Flonums
2679@subsubsection Flonums
2680@cindex flonums
2681@cindex floating point numbers
2682@cindex constants, floating point
2683
2684@cindex precision, floating point
2685A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
2686indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 2687@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
2688sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
2689to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 2690portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
2691
2692A flonum is written by writing (in order)
2693@itemize @bullet
2694@item
2695The digit @samp{0}.
2696@ifset HPPA
2697(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
2698@end ifset
2699
2700@item
a4fb0134 2701A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
2702@ifset GENERIC
2703@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
2704@ignore
2705@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
2706(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
27074.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
2708@end ignore
2709
7be1c489 2710On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
2711and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
2712one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2713
2714On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
2715(in upper or lower case).
2716
2717On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
2718one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2719
2720On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
2721@end ifset
2722@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
2723@ifset ARC
2724One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
2725@end ifset
2726@ifset H8
2727One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2728@end ifset
2729@ifset HPPA
2730The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
2731@end ifset
2732@ifset I960
2733One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2734@end ifset
2735@end ifclear
2736
2737@item
2738An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2739
2740@item
2741An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
2742
2743@item
2744An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
2745or more decimal digits.
2746
2747@item
2748An optional exponent, consisting of:
2749
2750@itemize @bullet
2751@item
2752An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
2753@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
2754@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
2755@item
2756Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2757@item
2758One or more decimal digits.
2759@end itemize
2760
2761@end itemize
2762
2763At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
2764present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
2765
a4fb0134 2766@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 2767independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 2768@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2769
2770@ifclear GENERIC
2771@ifset I960
2772@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
2773@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
2774@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
2775@node Bit Fields
2776@subsubsection Bit Fields
2777
2778@cindex bit fields
2779@cindex constants, bit field
2780You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 2781Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
2782@example
2783@var{mask}:@var{value}
2784@end example
2785@noindent
a4fb0134 2786@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
2787@var{value}.
2788
2789The resulting number is then packed
2790@ifset GENERIC
2791@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
2792(in host-dependent byte order)
2793@end ifset
2794into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
2795bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
2796requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
2797more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
2798least significant digits.@refill
2799
2800The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
2801@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
2802@end ifset
2803@end ifclear
2804
2805@node Sections
2806@chapter Sections and Relocation
2807@cindex sections
2808@cindex relocation
2809
2810@menu
2811* Secs Background:: Background
2812* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
2813* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
2814* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
2815* bss:: bss Section
2816@end menu
2817
2818@node Secs Background
2819@section Background
2820
2821Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
2822``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
2823For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
2824
2825@cindex linker, and assembler
2826@cindex assembler, and linker
2827The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 2828combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2829emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
2830@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
2831different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 2832oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
2833sections.
2834
2835@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
2836addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
2837units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
2838within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
2839run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
2840the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
2841the proper run-time addresses.
2842@ifset H8
7be1c489 2843For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 2844@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
2845ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
2846@end ifset
2847
2848@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 2849An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
2850of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
2851@dfn{bss} sections.
2852
c1253627 2853@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 2854@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 2855When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 2856@end ifset
a4fb0134 2857@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
2858using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
2859If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
2860or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
2861@end ifset
2862
2863@ifset HPPA
2864@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2865When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 2866@end ifset
a4fb0134 2867@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
2868specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
2869@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
2870(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
2871assembler directives.
2872
2873@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 2874Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
2875text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
2876is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
2877BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
2878@end ifset
2879@end ifset
2880
2881Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
2882data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
2883
2884@ifset HPPA
2885When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
2886section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
2887@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
2888@end ifset
2889
2890To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 2891relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
2892object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
2893@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
2894file is mentioned:
2895@itemize @bullet
2896@item
2897Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
2898an address?
2899@item
2900How long (in bytes) is this reference?
2901@item
2902Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
2903@display
2904(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
2905@end display
2906@item
2907Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
2908@end itemize
2909
2910@cindex addresses, format of
2911@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 2912In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
2913@display
2914(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
2915@end display
2916@noindent
a4fb0134 2917Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
2918nature.
2919@ifset SOM
2920(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
2921symbol-relative instead.)
2922@end ifset
2923
2924In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
2925@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
2926
2927Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
2928@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
2929addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
2930@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
2931@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
2932data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
2933their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
2934part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
2935address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
2936
2937The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
2938address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
2939rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
2940Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
2941address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
2942common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
2943time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
2944
2945By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
2946the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
2947sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
2948customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
2949the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
2950data and bss sections.
2951
2952Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 2953use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
2954
2955@node Ld Sections
2956@section Linker Sections
2957@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
2958
2959@table @strong
2960
c1253627 2961@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
2962@cindex named sections
2963@cindex sections, named
2964@item named sections
2965@end ifset
2966@ifset aout-bout
2967@cindex text section
2968@cindex data section
2969@itemx text section
2970@itemx data section
2971@end ifset
a4fb0134 2972These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 2973separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
2974true of another.
2975@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
2976When the program is running, however, it is
2977customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
2978text section is often shared among processes: it contains
2979instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
2980program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
2981in the data section.
c1253627 2982@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
2983
2984@cindex bss section
2985@item bss section
2986This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 2987is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
2988each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
2989out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
2990bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
2991those explicit zeros from object files.
2992
2993@cindex absolute section
2994@item absolute section
2995Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
2996This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
2997not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
2998addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
2999
3000@cindex undefined section
3001@item undefined section
3002This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3003the preceding sections.
3004@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3005@end table
3006
3007@cindex relocation example
3008An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3009@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3010The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3011@end ifset
3012Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3013
3014@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3015@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3016@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3017@smallexample
3018 +-----+----+--+
3019partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3020 +-----+----+--+
3021
3022 text data bss
3023 seg. seg. seg.
3024
3025 +---+---+---+
3026partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3027 +---+---+---+
3028
3029 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3030linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3031 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3032
3033 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3034@end smallexample
3035@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3036@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3037@need 5000
3038@tex
c1253627 3039\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3040\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3041\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3042\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3043
3044\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3045\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3046\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3047
3048\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3049\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3050\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3051ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3052DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3053
3054\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3055\line{0\dots\hfil}
3056
3057@end tex
3058@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3059
3060@node As Sections
3061@section Assembler Internal Sections
3062
3063@cindex internal assembler sections
3064@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3065These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3066have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3067sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3068warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3069meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3070value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3071section-relative address.
3072
3073@table @b
3074@cindex assembler internal logic error
3075@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3076An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3077bug in the assembler.
3078
3079@cindex expr (internal section)
3080@item expr section
3081The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3082symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3083it in the expr section.
3084@c FIXME item debug
3085@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3086@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3087@c FIXME item register
3088@end table
3089
3090@node Sub-Sections
3091@section Sub-Sections
3092
3093@cindex numbered subsections
3094@cindex grouping data
3095@ifset aout-bout
3096Assembled bytes
c1253627 3097@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3098conventionally
3099@end ifset
3100fall into two sections: text and data.
3101@end ifset
3102You may have separate groups of
3103@ifset GENERIC
3104data in named sections
3105@end ifset
3106@ifclear GENERIC
3107@ifclear aout-bout
3108data in named sections
3109@end ifclear
3110@ifset aout-bout
3111text or data
3112@end ifset
3113@end ifclear
3114that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3115are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3116use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3117numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3118same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3119subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3120section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3121assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3122section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3123constants being output.
3124
3125Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3126goes in subsection number zero.
3127
3128@ifset GENERIC
3129Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3130(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3131of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3132@end ifset
3133@ifclear GENERIC
3134@ifset H8
7be1c489 3135On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3136boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3137The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3138@end ifset
3139@ifset I960
3140@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3141@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3142@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3143@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3144@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3145@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3146@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3147@end ifclear
3148
3149Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3150to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3151The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3152other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3153They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3154data subsections as a data section.
3155
3156To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3157into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3158@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3159@ifset COFF
252b5132 3160@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3161When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3162@end ifset
3163@ifclear GENERIC
3164You
3165@end ifclear
3166can also use an extra subsection
3167argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3168@var{expression}}.
3169@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3170@ifset ELF
3171@ifset GENERIC
3172When generating ELF output, you
3173@end ifset
3174@ifclear GENERIC
3175You
3176@end ifclear
3177can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3178to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3179@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3180@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3181(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3182is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3183begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3184@smallexample
3185.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3186.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3187.text 1
3188.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3189.data 0
3190.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3191.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3192.text 0
3193.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3194.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3195@end smallexample
3196
3197Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3198assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3199restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3200counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3201@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3202current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3203assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3204
3205@node bss
3206@section bss Section
3207
3208@cindex bss section
3209@cindex common variable storage
3210The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3211You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3212not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3213your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3214section are zeroed bytes.
3215
3216The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3217@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3218
3219The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3220another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3221
3222@ifset GENERIC
3223When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3224COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3225see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3226section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3227@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3228@end ifset
3229
3230@node Symbols
3231@chapter Symbols
3232
3233@cindex symbols
3234Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3235things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3236to debug.
3237
3238@quotation
3239@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3240@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3241the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3242@end quotation
3243
3244@menu
3245* Labels:: Labels
3246* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3247* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3248* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3249* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3250@end menu
3251
3252@node Labels
3253@section Labels
3254
3255@cindex labels
3256A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3257@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3258active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3259operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3260different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3261definitions.
3262
3263@ifset HPPA
3264On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3265colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3266a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3267provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3268@end ifset
3269
3270@node Setting Symbols
3271@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3272
3273@cindex assigning values to symbols
3274@cindex symbol values, assigning
3275A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3276by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3277(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3278directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3279equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3280@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3281
f8739b83
JZ
3282@ifset Blackfin
3283Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3284@end ifset
3285
252b5132
RH
3286@node Symbol Names
3287@section Symbol Names
3288
3289@cindex symbol names
3290@cindex names, symbol
3291@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3292Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3293machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3294noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3295string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3296particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3297@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3298@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3299@ifset H8
3300Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3301Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3302character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3303on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3304@end ifset
3305@end ifset
3306
3307Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3308than @code{Foo}.
3309
3310Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3311refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3312in a program.
3313
3314@subheading Local Symbol Names
3315
3316@cindex local symbol names
3317@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3318A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3319By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3320@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3321set of local label prefixes.
3322@ifset HPPA
3323On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3324@end ifset
3325
3326Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3327normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
3328You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols:
3329@option{-L}}) to retain the local symbols in the object files.
3330
3331@subheading Local Labels
3332
3333@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3334@cindex temporary symbol names
3335@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3336Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3337They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3338the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3339To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3340represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3341definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3342you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3343@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3344for ``forwards''.
3345
3346There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3347too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3348the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3349defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3350definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3351noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3352implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3353
3354Here is an example:
3355
3356@smallexample
33571: branch 1f
33582: branch 1b
33591: branch 2f
33602: branch 1b
3361@end smallexample
3362
3363Which is the equivalent of:
3364
3365@smallexample
3366label_1: branch label_3
3367label_2: branch label_1
3368label_3: branch label_4
3369label_4: branch label_3
3370@end smallexample
3371
ba83aca1 3372Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3373transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3374The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3375are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3376these parts:
252b5132
RH
3377
3378@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3379@item @emph{local label prefix}
3380All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3381Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3382that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3383used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3384@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3385object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3386you may use them in debugging.
3387
2d5aaba0
NC
3388@item @var{number}
3389This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
3390label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3391
2d5aaba0
NC
3392@item @kbd{C-B}
3393This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3394of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3395
3396@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0
NC
3397This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
3398@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
3399number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3400the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3401@end table
3402
ba83aca1
BW
3403So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3404the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3405
3406@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3407@cindex dollar local symbols
3408
3409@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3410dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3411soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3412region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3413scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3414the same local label.
3415
3416Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3417except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3418@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3419
3420They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3421names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3422to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3423@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3424
3425@node Dot
3426@section The Special Dot Symbol
3427
3428@cindex dot (symbol)
3429@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3430@cindex current address
3431@cindex location counter
3432The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3433@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3434.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3435Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3436directive.
252b5132 3437@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3438Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3439@samp{.space 4}.
3440@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3441
3442@node Symbol Attributes
3443@section Symbol Attributes
3444
3445@cindex symbol attributes
3446@cindex attributes, symbol
3447Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3448``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3449attributes.
3450@ifset INTERNALS
3451The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3452@end ifset
3453
a4fb0134 3454If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3455all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3456symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3457would want.
3458
3459@menu
3460* Symbol Value:: Value
3461* Symbol Type:: Type
3462@ifset aout-bout
3463@ifset GENERIC
3464* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3465@end ifset
3466@ifclear GENERIC
3467@ifclear BOUT
3468* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3469@end ifclear
3470@ifset BOUT
3471* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3472@end ifset
3473@end ifclear
3474@end ifset
3475@ifset COFF
3476* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3477@end ifset
3478@ifset SOM
3479* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3480@end ifset
3481@end menu
3482
3483@node Symbol Value
3484@subsection Value
3485
3486@cindex value of a symbol
3487@cindex symbol value
3488The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3489location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3490number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3491Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3492as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3493symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3494called absolute.
3495
3496The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
34970 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3498@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3499same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3500name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3501common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3502bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3503allocated storage.
3504
3505@node Symbol Type
3506@subsection Type
3507
3508@cindex type of a symbol
3509@cindex symbol type
3510The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3511information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3512(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3513format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3514
3515@ifset aout-bout
3516@ifclear GENERIC
3517@ifset BOUT
3518@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3519@c better if it were available outside examples.
3520@need 1000
3521@node a.out Symbols
3522@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3523
3524@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3525@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3526These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3527one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3528@code{b.out}.
3529
3530@end ifset
3531@ifclear BOUT
3532@node a.out Symbols
3533@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3534
3535@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3536@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3537
3538@end ifclear
3539@end ifclear
3540@ifset GENERIC
3541@node a.out Symbols
3542@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3543
3544@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3545@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3546
3547@end ifset
3548@menu
3549* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3550* Symbol Other:: Other
3551@end menu
3552
3553@node Symbol Desc
3554@subsubsection Descriptor
3555
3556@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3557This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3558descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3559(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3560@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3561
3562@node Symbol Other
3563@subsubsection Other
3564
3565@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3566This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3567@end ifset
3568
3569@ifset COFF
3570@node COFF Symbols
3571@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3572
3573@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3574@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3575
3576The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3577like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3578@code{.endef} directives.
3579
3580@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3581
3582@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3583The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3584respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3585
3586@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3587
3588@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3589The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3590@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3591table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3592@end ifset
3593
3594@ifset SOM
3595@node SOM Symbols
3596@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3597
3598@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3599@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3600
3601The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3602the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3603
3604The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
3605Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3606@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3607@end ifset
3608
3609@node Expressions
3610@chapter Expressions
3611
3612@cindex expressions
3613@cindex addresses
3614@cindex numeric values
3615An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3616Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3617
3618The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3619a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3620enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3621section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3622the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3623@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3624
3625@menu
3626* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3627* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3628@end menu
3629
3630@node Empty Exprs
3631@section Empty Expressions
3632
3633@cindex empty expressions
3634@cindex expressions, empty
3635An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3636Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3637expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3638is compatible with other assemblers.
3639
3640@node Integer Exprs
3641@section Integer Expressions
3642
3643@cindex integer expressions
3644@cindex expressions, integer
3645An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3646by @emph{operators}.
3647
3648@menu
3649* Arguments:: Arguments
3650* Operators:: Operators
3651* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
3652* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
3653@end menu
3654
3655@node Arguments
3656@subsection Arguments
3657
3658@cindex expression arguments
3659@cindex arguments in expressions
3660@cindex operands in expressions
3661@cindex arithmetic operands
3662@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
3663contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
3664this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
3665the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
3666expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
3667instruction operands.
3668
3669Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
3670@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
3671or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
3672integer.
3673
3674Numbers are usually integers.
3675
3676A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 3677that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
3678these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
3679instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
3680assemblers.
3681
3682@cindex subexpressions
3683Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
3684expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
3685operator followed by an argument.
3686
3687@node Operators
3688@subsection Operators
3689
3690@cindex operators, in expressions
3691@cindex arithmetic functions
3692@cindex functions, in expressions
3693@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
3694operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
3695between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
3696whitespace.
3697
3698@node Prefix Ops
3699@subsection Prefix Operator
3700
3701@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 3702@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
3703one argument, which must be absolute.
3704
3705@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
3706@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
3707@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
3708@tex
3709\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
3710@end tex
3711
3712@table @code
3713@item -
3714@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
3715@item ~
3716@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
3717@end table
3718
3719@tex
3720\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
3721@end tex
3722
3723@node Infix Ops
3724@subsection Infix Operators
3725
3726@cindex infix operators
3727@cindex operators, permitted arguments
3728@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
3729have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 3730to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
3731absolute, and the result is absolute.
3732
3733@enumerate
3734@cindex operator precedence
3735@cindex precedence of operators
3736
3737@item
3738Highest Precedence
3739
3740@table @code
3741@item *
3742@dfn{Multiplication}.
3743
3744@item /
3745@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
3746
3747@item %
3748@dfn{Remainder}.
3749
d1eac9d9 3750@item <<
252b5132
RH
3751@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
3752
d1eac9d9 3753@item >>
252b5132
RH
3754@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
3755@end table
3756
3757@item
3758Intermediate precedence
3759
3760@table @code
3761@item |
3762
3763@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
3764
3765@item &
3766@dfn{Bitwise And}.
3767
3768@item ^
3769@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
3770
3771@item !
3772@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
3773@end table
3774
3775@item
b131d4dc 3776Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
3777
3778@table @code
3779@cindex addition, permitted arguments
3780@cindex plus, permitted arguments
3781@cindex arguments for addition
3782@item +
3783@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
3784the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
3785sections.
3786
3787@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
3788@cindex minus, permitted arguments
3789@cindex arguments for subtraction
3790@item -
3791@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
3792result has the section of the left argument.
3793If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
3794You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
3795@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
3796
3797@cindex comparison expressions
3798@cindex expressions, comparison
3799@item ==
3800@dfn{Is Equal To}
3801@item <>
723a8472 3802@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
3803@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
3804@item <
3805@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 3806@item >
b131d4dc 3807@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 3808@item >=
b131d4dc 3809@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 3810@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
3811@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
3812
3813The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
3814value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
3815perform signed comparisons.
3816@end table
3817
3818@item Lowest Precedence
3819
3820@table @code
3821@item &&
3822@dfn{Logical And}.
3823
3824@item ||
3825@dfn{Logical Or}.
3826
3827These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
3828expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
3829value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
3830or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
3831
252b5132
RH
3832@end table
3833@end enumerate
3834
3835In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
3836address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
3837
3838@node Pseudo Ops
3839@chapter Assembler Directives
3840
3841@cindex directives, machine independent
3842@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
3843@cindex machine independent directives
3844All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
3845The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
3846
3847This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
3848target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
3849@ifset GENERIC
3850Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
3851@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
3852@end ifset
3853@ifclear GENERIC
3854@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 3855@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
3856@end ifset
3857@end ifclear
3858
3859@menu
3860* Abort:: @code{.abort}
3861@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 3862* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 3863@end ifset
f0dc282c 3864
252b5132 3865* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 3866* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
3867* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3868* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3869* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
3870* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 3871* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 3872* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
3873* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
3874@ifset COFF
3875* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
3876@end ifset
3877@ifset aout-bout
3878* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
3879@end ifset
3880@ifset COFF
3881* Dim:: @code{.dim}
3882@end ifset
f0dc282c 3883
252b5132
RH
3884* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
3885* Eject:: @code{.eject}
3886* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 3887* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
3888* End:: @code{.end}
3889@ifset COFF
3890* Endef:: @code{.endef}
3891@end ifset
f0dc282c 3892
252b5132
RH
3893* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
3894* Endif:: @code{.endif}
3895* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
3896* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 3897* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 3898* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 3899* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
3900* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
3901* Extern:: @code{.extern}
3902* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 3903* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
3904* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
3905* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
3906* Func:: @code{.func}
3907* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 3908@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 3909* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
3910* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
3911@end ifset
f0dc282c 3912
252b5132
RH
3913* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
3914* Ident:: @code{.ident}
3915* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 3916* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
3917* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
3918* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
3919@ifset ELF
3920* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
3921@end ifset
f0dc282c 3922
252b5132
RH
3923* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
3924* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
3925* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
3926* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
3927@ifclear no-line-dir
3928* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
3929@end ifclear
f0dc282c 3930
252b5132
RH
3931* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
3932* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 3933* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
3934* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
3935* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
3936@ifset ELF
3937* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
3938@end ifset
bd0eb99b 3939
252b5132
RH
3940* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
3941@ignore
3942* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
3943@end ignore
f0dc282c 3944
252b5132
RH
3945* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
3946* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 3947* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
3948* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
3949* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
85234291
L
3950* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
3951* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
3952@ifset ELF
3953* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
3954* Previous:: @code{.previous}
3955@end ifset
f0dc282c 3956
252b5132 3957* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
3958@ifset ELF
3959* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
3960@end ifset
f0dc282c 3961
252b5132
RH
3962* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
3963* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
3964@ifset ELF
3965* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
3966@end ifset
f0dc282c 3967
252b5132 3968* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 3969* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
3970* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
3971* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
3972@ifset COFF
3973* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
3974@end ifset
3975@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 3976* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 3977@end ifset
f0dc282c 3978
252b5132
RH
3979* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
3980* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
3981* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 3982@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 3983* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 3984@end ifset
884f0d36 3985@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 3986* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
3987@end ifclear
3988
252b5132 3989* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 3990@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 3991* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 3992@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3993@ifset have-stabs
3994* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
3995@end ifset
f0dc282c 3996
38a57ae7 3997* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
3998* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
3999@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4000* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4001* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4002@end ifset
f0dc282c 4003
252b5132
RH
4004@ifset COFF
4005* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4006@end ifset
f0dc282c 4007
252b5132
RH
4008* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4009* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4010@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4011* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4012@end ifset
4013
c91d2e08 4014* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4015@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4016* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4017@end ifset
f0dc282c 4018
2e13b764 4019@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4020* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4021* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4022* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4023@end ifset
f0dc282c 4024
d190d046 4025* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4026* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4027* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
4028* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
4029* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4030@end menu
4031
4032@node Abort
4033@section @code{.abort}
4034
4035@cindex @code{abort} directive
4036@cindex stopping the assembly
4037This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4038compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4039assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4040of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4041quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4042
4043@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4044@node ABORT (COFF)
4045@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4046
4047@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4048When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4049synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4050
4051@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4052When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4053but ignores it.
4054@end ifset
4055@end ifset
4056
4057@node Align
4058@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4059
4060@cindex padding the location counter
4061@cindex @code{align} directive
4062Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4063boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4064required, as described below.
4065
4066The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4067padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4068padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4069marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4070with no-op instructions.
4071
4072The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4073it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4074directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4075specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4076fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4077required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4078with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4079
4080The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
7be1c489 4081For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or32,
60946ad0 4082s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4083alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4084the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4085is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4086first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4087
9e9a9798 4088For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4089strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4090number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4091advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4092counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4093multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4094
4095This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4096native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4097GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4098described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4099architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4100
ccf8a69b
BW
4101@node Altmacro
4102@section @code{.altmacro}
4103Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4104
4105@ftable @code
4106@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4107One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4108generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4109replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4110replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4111separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4112define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4113
4114@item String delimiters
4115You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4116@code{"@var{string}"}:
4117
4118@table @code
4119@item '@var{string}'
4120You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4121
4122@item <@var{string}>
4123You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4124@end table
4125
4126@item single-character string escape
4127To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4128character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4129character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4130write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4131
4132@item Expression results as strings
4133You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
4134and use the result as a string.
4135@end ftable
4136
252b5132
RH
4137@node Ascii
4138@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4139
4140@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4141@cindex string literals
4142@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4143separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4144trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4145
4146@node Asciz
4147@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4148
4149@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4150@cindex zero-terminated strings
4151@cindex null-terminated strings
4152@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4153a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4154
4155@node Balign
4156@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4157
4158@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4159@cindex @code{balign} directive
4160Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4161storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4162alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4163the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4164is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4165
4166The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4167padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4168padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4169marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4170with no-op instructions.
4171
4172The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4173it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4174directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4175specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4176fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4177required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4178with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4179
4180@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4181@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4182The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4183@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4184pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4185fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
41864,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4187filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4188the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4189undefined.
4190
4191@node Byte
4192@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4193
4194@cindex @code{byte} directive
4195@cindex integers, one byte
4196@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4197Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4198
54cfded0 4199@node CFI directives
38462edf
JJ
4200@section @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
4201@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4202@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4203should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4204If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4205if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4206To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4207directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4208
4b7d318b 4209@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4210@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4211@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4212should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4213data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4214@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4215
4b7d318b
L
4216Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4217it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
4218
54cfded0
AM
4219@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4220@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4221@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4222unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4223@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4224
9b8ae42e
JJ
4225@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4226@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4227@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4228should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4229argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4230a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4231the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4232can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4233The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4234no personality routine.
4235
4236@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4237@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4238@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4239should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4240argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4241or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4242no LSDA.
4243
54cfded0
AM
4244@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4245@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
4246address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4247
4248@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4249@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4250now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4251remains the same.
4252
4253@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4254@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4255remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4256absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4257CFA address.
4258
4259@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4260Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4261value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4262
4263@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4264Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4265CFA.
4266
17076204
RH
4267@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4268Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4269the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4270using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4271This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4272code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4273
4b7d318b
L
4274@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4275Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4276
4277@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
4278@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4279same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4280instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4281
4282@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4283From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4284
4285@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
4286Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4287i.e. no restoration needed.
4288
4289@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4290First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4291then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4292everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4293the previous saved state.
4294
4295@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
4296Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4297directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4298
63752a75
JJ
4299@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4300Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4301
6749011b 4302@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4303SPARC register window has been saved.
4304
cdfbf930
RH
4305@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4306Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4307might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4308opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4309
f1c4cc75
RH
4310@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4311The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4312will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4313description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4314
4315The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4316limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4317mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4318by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4319or another register.
4320
ccf8a69b
BW
4321@node Comm
4322@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4323
ccf8a69b
BW
4324@cindex @code{comm} directive
4325@cindex symbol, common
4326@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4327common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4328of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4329definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4330allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4331absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4332the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4333using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4334
c1711530
DK
4335@ifset COFF-ELF
4336When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
4337an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
4338specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4339that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4340as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
4341boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
4342power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
4343common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
4344alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4345largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4346maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4347is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4348@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4349multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4350It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4351(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4352@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4353
ccf8a69b
BW
4354@ifset HPPA
4355The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4356@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4357@end ifset
07a53e5c 4358
252b5132
RH
4359@node Data
4360@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4361
4362@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4363@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4364end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4365absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4366to zero.
4367
4368@ifset COFF
4369@node Def
4370@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4371
4372@cindex @code{def} directive
4373@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4374@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4375Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4376definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4377@ifset BOUT
4378
a4fb0134 4379This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4380format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4381but ignored.
4382@end ifset
4383@end ifset
4384
4385@ifset aout-bout
4386@node Desc
4387@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4388
4389@cindex @code{desc} directive
4390@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4391@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4392This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4393to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4394
4395@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4396The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4397configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4398object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4399it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4400@end ifset
4401@end ifset
4402
4403@ifset COFF
4404@node Dim
4405@section @code{.dim}
4406
4407@cindex @code{dim} directive
4408@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4409@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4410This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4411information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4412@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4413@ifset BOUT
4414
4415@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4416@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4417ignores it.
4418@end ifset
4419@end ifset
4420
4421@node Double
4422@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4423
4424@cindex @code{double} directive
4425@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4426@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4427assembles floating point numbers.
4428@ifset GENERIC
4429The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4430@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4431@end ifset
4432@ifclear GENERIC
4433@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4434On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4435in @sc{ieee} format.
4436@end ifset
4437@end ifclear
4438
4439@node Eject
4440@section @code{.eject}
4441
4442@cindex @code{eject} directive
4443@cindex new page, in listings
4444@cindex page, in listings
4445@cindex listing control: new page
4446Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4447
4448@node Else
4449@section @code{.else}
4450
4451@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4452@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4453assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4454of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4455was false.
4456
3fd9f047
TW
4457@node Elseif
4458@section @code{.elseif}
4459
4460@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4461@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4462assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4463@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4464
252b5132
RH
4465@node End
4466@section @code{.end}
4467
4468@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4469@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4470process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4471
4472@ifset COFF
4473@node Endef
4474@section @code{.endef}
4475
4476@cindex @code{endef} directive
4477This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4478@code{.def}.
4479@ifset BOUT
4480
4481@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4482@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4483directive but ignores it.
4484@end ifset
4485@end ifset
4486
4487@node Endfunc
4488@section @code{.endfunc}
4489@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4490@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4491
4492@node Endif
4493@section @code{.endif}
4494
4495@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4496@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4497it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4498conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4499
4500@node Equ
4501@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4502
4503@cindex @code{equ} directive
4504@cindex assigning values to symbols
4505@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4506This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4507It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4508
4509@ifset HPPA
4510The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
4511@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4512@end ifset
4513
3c9b82ba
NC
4514@ifset Z80
4515The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4516@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
4517On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
96e9638b
BW
4518but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
4519Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4520@end ifset
4521
252b5132
RH
4522@node Equiv
4523@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4524@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4525The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4526the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4527symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4528undefined.
252b5132
RH
4529
4530Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
4531@smallexample
4532.ifdef SYM
4533.err
4534.endif
4535.equ SYM,VAL
4536@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4537plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4538
4539@node Eqv
4540@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4541@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4542The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4543evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4544the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4545value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4546
4547@node Err
4548@section @code{.err}
4549@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4550If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4551message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4552object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4553
d190d046
HPN
4554@node Error
4555@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4556@cindex error directive
4557
4558Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4559string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4560message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4561@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4562
4563@smallexample
4564 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4565@end smallexample
4566
252b5132
RH
4567@node Exitm
4568@section @code{.exitm}
4569Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4570
4571@node Extern
4572@section @code{.extern}
4573
4574@cindex @code{extern} directive
4575@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4576with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4577all undefined symbols as external.
4578
4579@node Fail
4580@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4581
4582@cindex @code{fail} directive
4583Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4584or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4585than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4586include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4587complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4588
252b5132 4589@node File
14082c76 4590@section @code{.file}
252b5132 4591@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
4592
4593@ifclear no-file-dir
4594There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
4595that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
4596@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
4597
4598@subheading Default Version
4599
252b5132
RH
4600@cindex logical file name
4601@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
4602This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
4603are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
4604
4605@smallexample
4606.file @var{string}
4607@end smallexample
4608
4609@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
4610recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
4611to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
4612statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 4613old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
4614
4615@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
4616@end ifclear
4617
14082c76
BW
4618When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
4619to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
4620
4621@smallexample
4622.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
4623@end smallexample
4624
4625The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
4626index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
4627literal.
4628
4629The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
4630table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
4631information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
4632entries will have.
4633
252b5132
RH
4634@node Fill
4635@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4636
4637@cindex @code{fill} directive
4638@cindex writing patterns in memory
4639@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 4640@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
4641This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
4642may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
4643more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
4644other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
4645is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
4646zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 4647byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
4648Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
4649@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
4650compatible with other people's assemblers.
4651
4652@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
4653If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
4654assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
4655@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
4656
4657@node Float
4658@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
4659
4660@cindex floating point numbers (single)
4661@cindex @code{float} directive
4662This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4663has the same effect as @code{.single}.
4664@ifset GENERIC
4665The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4666@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
4667@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4668@end ifset
4669@ifclear GENERIC
4670@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4671On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
4672in @sc{ieee} format.
4673@end ifset
4674@end ifclear
4675
4676@node Func
4677@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
4678@cindex @code{func} directive
4679@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
4680is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 4681Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
4682@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
4683prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
4684@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
4685All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
4686The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
4687
4688@node Global
4689@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
4690
4691@cindex @code{global} directive
4692@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
4693@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
4694@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
4695other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
4696@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
4697from another file linked into the same program.
4698
4699Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
4700compatibility with other assemblers.
4701
4702@ifset HPPA
4703On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
4704partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 4705@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
4706@end ifset
4707
c91d2e08 4708@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
4709@node Gnu_attribute
4710@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
4711Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
4712
c91d2e08
NC
4713@node Hidden
4714@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4715
c1253627
NC
4716@cindex @code{hidden} directive
4717@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4718This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd
PB
4719@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
4720@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4721
4722This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4723their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4724@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
4725Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
4726@end ifset
4727
252b5132
RH
4728@node hword
4729@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4730
4731@cindex @code{hword} directive
4732@cindex integers, 16-bit
4733@cindex numbers, 16-bit
4734@cindex sixteen bit integers
4735This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
4736a 16 bit number for each.
4737
4738@ifset GENERIC
4739This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
4740architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
4741@end ifset
4742@ifclear GENERIC
4743@ifset W32
4744This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
4745@end ifset
4746@ifset W16
4747This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
4748@end ifset
4749@end ifclear
4750
4751@node Ident
4752@section @code{.ident}
4753
4754@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
4755
4756This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
4757behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
4758a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
4759source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
4760for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
4761@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
4762emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
4763
4764@node If
4765@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
4766
4767@cindex conditional assembly
4768@cindex @code{if} directive
4769@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
4770considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
4771(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
4772the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
4773(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
4774alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
4775If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
4776nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
4777
4778The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
4779@table @code
4780@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
4781@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
4782Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4783has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
4784is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 4785
26aca5f6
JB
4786@cindex @code{ifb} directive
4787@item .ifb @var{text}
4788Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
4789
252b5132
RH
4790@cindex @code{ifc} directive
4791@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
4792Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
4793strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
4794the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
4795end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
4796string comparison is case sensitive.
4797
4798@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
4799@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
4800Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
4801
4802@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
4803@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
4804Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
4805
4806@cindex @code{ifge} directive
4807@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
4808Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
4809equal to zero.
4810
4811@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
4812@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
4813Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
4814
4815@cindex @code{ifle} directive
4816@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
4817Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
4818to zero.
4819
4820@cindex @code{iflt} directive
4821@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
4822Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
4823
26aca5f6
JB
4824@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
4825@item .ifnb @var{text}
4826Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4827following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
4828
252b5132
RH
4829@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
4830@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
4831Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4832following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4833
4834@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
4835@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
4836@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
4837@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
4838Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4839has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
4840which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
4841
4842@cindex @code{ifne} directive
4843@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
4844Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
4845(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
4846
4847@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
4848@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
4849Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4850following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4851@end table
4852
7e005732
NC
4853@node Incbin
4854@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
4855
4856@cindex @code{incbin} directive
4857@cindex binary files, including
4858The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
4859location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
4860option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4861around @var{file}.
4862
4863The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
4864@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
4865read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
4866responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
4867after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 4868
252b5132
RH
4869@node Include
4870@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4871
4872@cindex @code{include} directive
4873@cindex supporting files, including
4874@cindex files, including
4875This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
4876points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
4877if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
4878included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
4879can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
4880(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4881around @var{file}.
4882
4883@node Int
4884@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
4885
4886@cindex @code{int} directive
4887@cindex integers, 32-bit
4888Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
4889For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
4890expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
4891of target the assembly is for.
4892
4893@ifclear GENERIC
4894@ifset H8
7be1c489 4895On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 4896integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
489732-bit integers.
4898@end ifset
4899@end ifclear
4900
c91d2e08
NC
4901@ifset ELF
4902@node Internal
4903@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
4904
c1253627
NC
4905@cindex @code{internal} directive
4906@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4907This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd
PB
4908@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
4909@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4910
4911This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4912their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4913@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 4914(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
4915processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
4916@end ifset
4917
252b5132
RH
4918@node Irp
4919@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4920
4921@cindex @code{irp} directive
4922Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
4923The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
4924terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
4925set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
4926@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
4927@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
4928sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
4929
4930For example, assembling
4931
4932@example
4933 .irp param,1,2,3
4934 move d\param,sp@@-
4935 .endr
4936@end example
4937
4938is equivalent to assembling
4939
4940@example
4941 move d1,sp@@-
4942 move d2,sp@@-
4943 move d3,sp@@-
4944@end example
4945
96e9638b 4946For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 4947
252b5132
RH
4948@node Irpc
4949@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4950
4951@cindex @code{irpc} directive
4952Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
4953The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
4954terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
4955@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
4956assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
4957assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
4958@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
4959
4960For example, assembling
4961
4962@example
4963 .irpc param,123
4964 move d\param,sp@@-
4965 .endr
4966@end example
4967
4968is equivalent to assembling
4969
4970@example
4971 move d1,sp@@-
4972 move d2,sp@@-
4973 move d3,sp@@-
4974@end example
4975
5e75c3ab
JB
4976For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
4977at @xref{Macro}.
4978
252b5132
RH
4979@node Lcomm
4980@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4981
4982@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
4983@cindex local common symbols
4984@cindex symbols, local common
4985Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
4986denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
4987those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
4988section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
4989is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
4990not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
4991
4992@ifset GENERIC
4993Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
4994argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
4995@end ifset
4996
4997@ifset HPPA
4998The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4999@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5000@end ifset
5001
5002@node Lflags
5003@section @code{.lflags}
5004
5005@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5006@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5007assemblers, but ignores it.
5008
5009@ifclear no-line-dir
5010@node Line
5011@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5012
5013@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5014@cindex logical line number
5015@ifset aout-bout
5016Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5017expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5018statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5019reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5020@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5021for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5022@end ifset
5023
252b5132 5024Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5025@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5026when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5027were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5028@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5029
5030Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5031used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5032debugging.
5033@end ifclear
5034
5035@node Linkonce
5036@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5037@cindex COMDAT
5038@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5039@cindex common sections
5040Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5041This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5042but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5043The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5044Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5045unique.
5046
5047This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5048writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5049Executable format used on Windows NT.
5050
5051The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5052following strings. For example:
5053@smallexample
5054.linkonce same_size
5055@end smallexample
5056Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5057
5058@table @code
5059@item discard
5060Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5061
5062@item one_only
5063Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5064
5065@item same_size
5066Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5067
5068@item same_contents
5069Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5070@end table
5071
ccf8a69b
BW
5072@node List
5073@section @code{.list}
5074
5075@cindex @code{list} directive
5076@cindex listing control, turning on
5077Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5078not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5079internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5080counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5081generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5082
5083By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5084@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5085the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5086
252b5132
RH
5087@node Ln
5088@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5089
5090@cindex @code{ln} directive
5091@ifclear no-line-dir
5092@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5093@end ifclear
5094@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5095Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5096must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5097line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5098statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5099line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5100@ifset BOUT
5101
a4fb0134 5102This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5103configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5104output format.
5105@end ifset
5106@end ifset
5107
ccf8a69b
BW
5108@node Loc
5109@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5110@cindex @code{loc} directive
5111When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5112the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5113number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5114instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5115arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5116the row is added.
252b5132 5117
ccf8a69b
BW
5118The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5119
5120@table @code
5121@item basic_block
5122This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5123@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5124
5125@item prologue_end
5126This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5127@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5128
5129@item epilogue_begin
5130This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5131@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5132
5133@item is_stmt @var{value}
5134This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
5135@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
5136either 0 or 1.
5137
5138@item isa @var{value}
5139This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5140state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5141
92846e72
CC
5142@item discriminator @var{value}
5143This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5144state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5145
ccf8a69b
BW
5146@end table
5147
5148@node Loc_mark_labels
5149@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5150@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5151When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5152the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5153to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5154register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5155The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5156this function respectively.
252b5132 5157
4d4175af
BW
5158@ifset ELF
5159@node Local
5160@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5161
5162@cindex @code{local} directive
5163This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5164the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5165will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5166they will be created.
5167
5168For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5169accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5170the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5171(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5172@end ifset
5173
252b5132
RH
5174@node Long
5175@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5176
5177@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5178@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5179
5180@ignore
5181@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5182@c what it really ought to do
5183@node Lsym
5184@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5185
5186@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5187@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5188@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5189the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5190rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5191the same as the expression value:
5192@smallexample
5193@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5194@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5195@var{value} = @var{expression}
5196@end smallexample
5197@noindent
5198The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5199@end ignore
5200
5201@node Macro
5202@section @code{.macro}
5203
5204@cindex macros
5205The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5206generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5207@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5208
5209@example
5210 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5211 .long \from
5212 .if \to-\from
5213 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5214 .endif
5215 .endm
5216@end example
5217
5218@noindent
5219With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5220
5221@example
5222 .long 0
5223 .long 1
5224 .long 2
5225 .long 3
5226 .long 4
5227 .long 5
5228@end example
5229
5230@ftable @code
5231@item .macro @var{macname}
5232@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5233@cindex @code{macro} directive
5234Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5235definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5236separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5237indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5238@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5239(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5240macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5241cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5242subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5243definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5244
5245@table @code
5246@item .macro comm
5247Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5248arguments.
5249
6258339f 5250@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5251@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5252Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5253which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5254@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5255
5256@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5257Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5258arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5259After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5260@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5261@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5262,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5263@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5264
6eaeac8a
JB
5265@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5266Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5267arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5268not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5269will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5270
252b5132
RH
5271When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5272position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5273@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5274
6258339f
NC
5275@end table
5276
5e75c3ab
JB
5277Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5278as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5279occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5280characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5281(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5282architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5283character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5284replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5285construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5286identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5287this macro definition:
5288
5289@example
5290 .macro label l
5291\l:
5292 .endm
5293@end example
5294
5295might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5296called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5297assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5298identifier.
5299
5300Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5301which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5302for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5303length specifier like this:
5304
5305@example
5306 .macro opcode base length
5307 \base.\length
5308 .endm
5309@end example
5310
5311and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5312instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5313interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5314
5315There are several possible ways around this problem:
5316
5317@table @code
5318@item Insert white space
5319If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5320solution. eg:
5321
5322@example
5323 .macro label l
5324\l :
5325 .endm
5326@end example
5327
5328@item Use @samp{\()}
5329The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5330the following text. eg:
5331
5332@example
5333 .macro opcode base length
5334 \base\().\length
5335 .endm
5336@end example
5337
5338@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5339In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5340used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5341
5342@example
5343 .altmacro
5344 .macro label l
5345l&:
5346 .endm
5347@end example
6258339f 5348@end table
5e75c3ab 5349
96e9638b
BW
5350Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
5351also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
5352and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5353
252b5132
RH
5354@item .endm
5355@cindex @code{endm} directive
5356Mark the end of a macro definition.
5357
5358@item .exitm
5359@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5360Exit early from the current macro definition.
5361
5362@cindex number of macros executed
5363@cindex macros, count executed
5364@item \@@
a4fb0134 5365@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5366executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5367output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5368
252b5132
RH
5369@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5370@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5371macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5372@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5373@end ftable
252b5132 5374
ccf8a69b
BW
5375@node MRI
5376@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5377
ccf8a69b
BW
5378@cindex @code{mri} directive
5379@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5380If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5381@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5382affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5383of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5384
caa32fe5
NC
5385@node Noaltmacro
5386@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5387Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5388
252b5132
RH
5389@node Nolist
5390@section @code{.nolist}
5391
5392@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5393@cindex listing control, turning off
5394Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5395not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5396internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5397counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5398generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5399
5400@node Octa
5401@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5402
5403@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5404@cindex @code{octa} directive
5405@cindex integer, 16-byte
5406@cindex sixteen byte integer
5407This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5408bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5409
5410The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5411hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5412
5413@node Org
5414@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5415
5416@cindex @code{org} directive
5417@cindex location counter, advancing
5418@cindex advancing location counter
5419@cindex current address, advancing
5420Advance the location counter of the current section to
5421@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5422expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5423you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5424wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5425with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5426@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5427is the same as the current subsection.
5428
5429@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5430unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5431backwards.
5432
5433@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5434@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5435@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5436Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5437may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5438a chance to share your improved assembler.
5439
5440Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5441to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5442people's assemblers.
5443
5444When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5445intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5446absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5447@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5448
5449@node P2align
5450@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5451
5452@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5453@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5454Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5455storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5456number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5457advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5458counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5459multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5460
5461The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5462padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5463padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5464marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5465with no-op instructions.
5466
5467The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5468it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5469directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5470specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5471fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5472required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5473with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5474
5475@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5476@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5477The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5478@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5479pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5480fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
54812,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5482filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5483the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5484undefined.
5485
ccf8a69b
BW
5486@ifset ELF
5487@node PopSection
5488@section @code{.popsection}
5489
5490@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5491@cindex Section Stack
5492This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
5493@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5494@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
5495(@pxref{Previous}).
5496
5497This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5498section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
5499stack.
5500@end ifset
5501
c91d2e08
NC
5502@ifset ELF
5503@node Previous
5504@section @code{.previous}
5505
c1253627 5506@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5507@cindex Section Stack
5508This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5509@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5510@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5511(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5512
5513This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5514referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5515@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5516subsections). For example:
5517
5518@smallexample
5519.section A
5520 .subsection 1
5521 .word 0x1234
5522 .subsection 2
5523 .word 0x5678
5524.previous
5525 .word 0x9abc
5526@end smallexample
5527
5528Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5529section A. Whilst:
5530
5531@smallexample
5532.section A
5533.subsection 1
5534 # Now in section A subsection 1
5535 .word 0x1234
5536.section B
5537.subsection 0
5538 # Now in section B subsection 0
5539 .word 0x5678
5540.subsection 1
5541 # Now in section B subsection 1
5542 .word 0x9abc
5543.previous
5544 # Now in section B subsection 0
5545 .word 0xdef0
5546@end smallexample
5547
5548Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5549section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5550
5551In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5552the top section on the section stack.
5553@end ifset
5554
252b5132
RH
5555@node Print
5556@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5557
5558@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5559@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5560assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5561
c91d2e08
NC
5562@ifset ELF
5563@node Protected
5564@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5565
c1253627
NC
5566@cindex @code{protected} directive
5567@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5568This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5569@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5570
5571This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5572their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5573@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5574components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5575component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
5576this.
5577@end ifset
5578
252b5132
RH
5579@node Psize
5580@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
5581
5582@cindex @code{psize} directive
5583@cindex listing control: paper size
5584@cindex paper size, for listings
5585Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
5586number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
5587
5588If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
5589of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
5590default width is 200 columns.
5591
a4fb0134 5592@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
5593lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
5594@code{.eject}).
5595
5596If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
5597those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
5598
5599@node Purgem
5600@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
5601
5602@cindex @code{purgem} directive
5603Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
5604expanded. @xref{Macro}.
5605
c91d2e08
NC
5606@ifset ELF
5607@node PushSection
9cfc3331 5608@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 5609
c1253627 5610@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5611@cindex Section Stack
5612This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5613@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5614@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
5615(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5616
e9863d7f
DJ
5617This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
5618top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
5619subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
5620@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
5621as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
5622@end ifset
5623
252b5132
RH
5624@node Quad
5625@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
5626
5627@cindex @code{quad} directive
5628@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
5629each bignum, it emits
5630@ifclear bignum-16
5631an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
5632warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
5633@cindex eight-byte integer
5634@cindex integer, 8-byte
5635
5636The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5637hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
5638@end ifclear
5639@ifset bignum-16
5640a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
5641warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
5642@cindex sixteen-byte integer
5643@cindex integer, 16-byte
5644@end ifset
5645
05e9452c
AM
5646@node Reloc
5647@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
5648
5649@cindex @code{reloc} directive
5650Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
5651@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
5652the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
5653symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
5654@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
5655absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
5656targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
5657relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
5658section.
5659
252b5132
RH
5660@node Rept
5661@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
5662
5663@cindex @code{rept} directive
5664Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
5665@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
5666
5667For example, assembling
5668
5669@example
5670 .rept 3
5671 .long 0
5672 .endr
5673@end example
5674
5675is equivalent to assembling
5676
5677@example
5678 .long 0
5679 .long 0
5680 .long 0
5681@end example
5682
5683@node Sbttl
5684@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
5685
5686@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
5687@cindex subtitles for listings
5688@cindex listing control: subtitle
5689Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
5690title line) when generating assembly listings.
5691
5692This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
5693it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
5694
5695@ifset COFF
5696@node Scl
5697@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
5698
5699@cindex @code{scl} directive
5700@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
5701@cindex COFF symbol storage class
5702Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
5703used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
5704whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
5705symbolic debugging information.
5706@ifset BOUT
5707
5708The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 5709configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
5710accepts this directive but ignores it.
5711@end ifset
5712@end ifset
5713
c1253627 5714@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 5715@node Section
c1253627 5716@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 5717
252b5132
RH
5718@cindex named section
5719Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
5720named @var{name}.
5721
5722This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
5723named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
5724with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
5725
c1253627
NC
5726@ifset COFF
5727@ifset ELF
5728@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5729@subheading COFF Version
5730@end ifset
5731
5732@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
5733For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
5734ways:
c91d2e08 5735
252b5132
RH
5736@smallexample
5737.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 5738.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
5739@end smallexample
5740
5741If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
5742section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
5743@table @code
5744@item b
5745bss section (uninitialized data)
5746@item n
5747section is not loaded
5748@item w
5749writable section
5750@item d
5751data section
5752@item r
5753read-only section
5754@item x
5755executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
5756@item s
5757shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
5758@item a
5759ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
5760@item y
5761section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
252b5132
RH
5762@end table
5763
5764If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5765the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
5766loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
5767from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
5768will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
5769
5770If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 5771taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 5772@end ifset
252b5132
RH
5773
5774@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
5775@ifset COFF
5776@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5777@subheading ELF Version
5778@end ifset
5779
c91d2e08
NC
5780@cindex Section Stack
5781This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5782@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
5783(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
5784@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5785
c1253627 5786@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 5787For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 5788
252b5132 5789@smallexample
7047dd1e 5790.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 5791@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5792
252b5132 5793The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 5794combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
5795@table @code
5796@item a
5797section is allocatable
5798@item w
5799section is writable
5800@item x
5801section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
5802@item M
5803section is mergeable
5804@item S
5805section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
5806@item G
5807section is a member of a section group
5808@item T
5809section is used for thread-local-storage
252b5132
RH
5810@end table
5811
5812The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
5813@table @code
5814@item @@progbits
5815section contains data
5816@item @@nobits
5817section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
5818@item @@note
5819section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
5820@item @@init_array
5821section contains an array of pointers to init functions
5822@item @@fini_array
5823section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
5824@item @@preinit_array
5825section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
5826@end table
5827
10b016c2
PB
5828Many targets only support the first three section types.
5829
ececec60
NC
5830Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
5831ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
5832@code{%} character.
5833
22fe14ad 5834If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 5835be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
5836
5837@smallexample
5838.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
5839@end smallexample
5840
5841Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
5842constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
5843@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
5844@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
5845the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
5846absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
5847which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
5848@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
5849@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
5850
5851If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
5852be present along with an additional field like this:
5853
5854@smallexample
5855.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5856@end smallexample
5857
5858The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
5859particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
5860@table @code
5861@item comdat
5862indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
5863@item .gnu.linkonce
5864an alias for comdat
5865@end table
5866
96e9638b 5867Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
5868the Merge flag should come first, like this:
5869
5870@smallexample
5871.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5872@end smallexample
ec38dd05 5873
252b5132
RH
5874If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5875the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
5876none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
5877executable. The section will contain data.
5878
5879For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
5880directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 5881
252b5132
RH
5882@smallexample
5883.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
5884@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5885
252b5132
RH
5886Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
5887separated flags:
5888@table @code
5889@item #alloc
5890section is allocatable
5891@item #write
5892section is writable
5893@item #execinstr
5894section is executable
22fe14ad
NC
5895@item #tls
5896section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 5897@end table
c91d2e08 5898
e9863d7f
DJ
5899This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
5900contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
5901some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
5902work.
c1253627
NC
5903@end ifset
5904@end ifset
252b5132
RH
5905
5906@node Set
5907@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5908
5909@cindex @code{set} directive
5910@cindex symbol value, setting
5911Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
5912changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
5913@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
5914flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
5915
5916You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
5917
5918If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
5919file is the last value stored into it.
5920
5921@ifset HPPA
5922The syntax for @code{set} on the HPPA is
5923@samp{@var{symbol} .set @var{expression}}.
5924@end ifset
5925
3c9b82ba
NC
5926@ifset Z80
5927On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
5928@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
5929@end ifset
5930
252b5132
RH
5931@node Short
5932@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
5933
5934@cindex @code{short} directive
5935@ifset GENERIC
5936@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
5937@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
5938
5939In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 5940numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5941@end ifset
5942@ifclear GENERIC
5943@ifset W16
5944@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
5945@end ifset
5946@ifset W32
5947This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5948a 16 bit number for each.
5949@end ifset
5950@end ifclear
5951
5952@node Single
5953@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
5954
5955@cindex @code{single} directive
5956@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5957This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5958has the same effect as @code{.float}.
5959@ifset GENERIC
5960The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5961@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5962@end ifset
5963@ifclear GENERIC
5964@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5965On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
5966numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
5967@end ifset
5968@end ifclear
5969
c1253627 5970@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 5971@node Size
c1253627 5972@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 5973
c1253627
NC
5974This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
5975
5976@ifset COFF
5977@ifset ELF
5978@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5979@subheading COFF Version
5980@end ifset
5981
5982@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
5983For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
5984@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
5985
5986@smallexample
5987.size @var{expression}
5988@end smallexample
252b5132 5989
c91d2e08 5990@ifset BOUT
252b5132 5991@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 5992@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
5993ignores it.
5994@end ifset
c1253627 5995@end ifset
c91d2e08 5996
c1253627
NC
5997@ifset ELF
5998@ifset COFF
5999@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6000@subheading ELF Version
6001@end ifset
6002
6003@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6004For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6005
c1253627
NC
6006@smallexample
6007.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6008@end smallexample
6009
6010This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6011The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6012arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6013symbols.
c1253627
NC
6014@end ifset
6015@end ifset
252b5132 6016
252b5132
RH
6017@ifclear no-space-dir
6018@node Skip
6019@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6020
6021@cindex @code{skip} directive
6022@cindex filling memory
6023This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6024@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6025@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6026@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6027@end ifclear
252b5132 6028
ccf8a69b
BW
6029@node Sleb128
6030@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6031
6032@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
6033@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
6034compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6035symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6036
884f0d36 6037@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6038@node Space
6039@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6040
6041@cindex @code{space} directive
6042@cindex filling memory
6043This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6044@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6045and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6046as @samp{.skip}.
6047
6048@ifset HPPA
6049@quotation
6050@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6051targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6052Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6053@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6054for a summary.
6055@end quotation
6056@end ifset
6057@end ifclear
6058
252b5132
RH
6059@ifset have-stabs
6060@node Stab
6061@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6062
6063@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6064@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6065There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6066All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6067The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6068cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6069Up to five fields are required:
6070
6071@table @var
6072@item string
6073This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6074@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6075debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6076using this field.
6077
6078@item type
6079An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6080this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6081and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6082
6083@item other
6084An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6085low 8 bits of this expression.
6086
6087@item desc
6088An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6089bits of this expression.
6090
6091@item value
6092An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6093@end table
6094
6095If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6096or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6097you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6098compatible with earlier assemblers!
6099
6100@table @code
6101@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6102@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6103
6104The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6105It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6106null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6107strings.
6108
6109The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6110relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6111is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6112assembled.
6113
6114@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6115@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6116The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6117
6118@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6119@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6120All five fields are specified.
6121@end table
6122@end ifset
6123@c end have-stabs
6124
6125@node String
38a57ae7
NC
6126@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
6127"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6128
6129@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6130@cindex string8, copying to object file
6131@cindex string16, copying to object file
6132@cindex string32, copying to object file
6133@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6134@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6135@cindex @code{string8} directive
6136@cindex @code{string16} directive
6137@cindex @code{string32} directive
6138@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6139
6140Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6141one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6142particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6143You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6144
38a57ae7
NC
6145The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
6146the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6147copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6148are stored in target endianness byte order.
6149
6150Example:
6151@smallexample
6152 .string32 "BYE"
6153expands to:
6154 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6155 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6156@end smallexample
6157
6158
252b5132
RH
6159@node Struct
6160@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6161
6162@cindex @code{struct} directive
6163Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6164which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6165@smallexample
6166 .struct 0
6167field1:
6168 .struct field1 + 4
6169field2:
6170 .struct field2 + 4
6171field3:
6172@end smallexample
6173This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6174@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6175value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6176use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6177before further assembly.
6178
c91d2e08
NC
6179@ifset ELF
6180@node SubSection
6181@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6182
c1253627 6183@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6184@cindex Section Stack
6185This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6186@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6187@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
6188(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6189
6190This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6191section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6192in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6193@end ifset
6194
252b5132
RH
6195@ifset ELF
6196@node Symver
6197@section @code{.symver}
6198@cindex @code{symver} directive
6199@cindex symbol versioning
6200@cindex versions of symbols
6201Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6202within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6203typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6204There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6205into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6206shared library.
6207
79082ff0 6208For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6209@smallexample
6210.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6211@end smallexample
339681c0 6212If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6213being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6214alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6215just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6216permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6217of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6218itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6219have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6220file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6221function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6222the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6223building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6224symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6225nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6226
6227If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6228references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6229reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6230symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6231
6232Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6233@smallexample
6234.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6235@end smallexample
6236In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6237the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6238difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6239references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6240
6241The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6242@smallexample
6243.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6244@end smallexample
6245When @var{name} is not defined within the
6246file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6247@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6248name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6249@end ifset
6250
6251@ifset COFF
6252@node Tag
6253@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6254
6255@cindex COFF structure debugging
6256@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6257@cindex @code{tag} directive
6258This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6259information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6260@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6261definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6262@ifset BOUT
6263
6264@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6265@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6266ignores it.
6267@end ifset
6268@end ifset
6269
6270@node Text
6271@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6272
6273@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6274Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6275the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6276expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6277is used.
6278
6279@node Title
6280@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6281
6282@cindex @code{title} directive
6283@cindex listing control: title line
6284Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6285source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6286
6287This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6288it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6289
c1253627 6290@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6291@node Type
c1253627
NC
6292@section @code{.type}
6293
6294This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6295
6296@ifset COFF
6297@ifset ELF
6298@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6299@subheading COFF Version
6300@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6301
6302@cindex COFF symbol type
6303@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6304@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6305For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6306@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6307
6308@smallexample
6309.type @var{int}
6310@end smallexample
6311
6312This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6313entry.
252b5132 6314
c91d2e08 6315@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6316@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6317@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6318directive but ignores it.
6319@end ifset
c1253627 6320@end ifset
c91d2e08 6321
c1253627
NC
6322@ifset ELF
6323@ifset COFF
6324@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6325@subheading ELF Version
6326@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6327
6328@cindex ELF symbol type
6329@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6330@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6331For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6332
6333@smallexample
6334.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6335@end smallexample
6336
6337This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6338function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6339supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6340compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6341
6342Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6343@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6344below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6345the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6346maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6347assemblers.
6348
6349The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6350
6351@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6352 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6353 .type <name>,#<type>
6354 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6355 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6356 .type <name>,"<type>"
6357@end smallexample
6358
6359The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6360
5671778d
NC
6361@table @gcctabopt
6362@item STT_FUNC
6363@itemx function
6364Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6365
d8045f23
NC
6366@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6367@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6368Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
6369processing. (This is only supported on Linux targeted assemblers).
6370
5671778d
NC
6371@item STT_OBJECT
6372@itemx object
6373Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6374
6375@item STT_TLS
6376@itemx tls_object
6377Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6378
6379@item STT_COMMON
6380@itemx common
6381Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6382
6383@item STT_NOTYPE
6384@itemx notype
6385Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6386
3e7a7d11
NC
6387@item gnu_unique_object
6388Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6389will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
6390name and type in use. (This is only supported on Linux targeted assemblers).
6391
5671778d
NC
6392@end table
6393
6394Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6395
c1253627
NC
6396@end ifset
6397@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6398
6399@node Uleb128
6400@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6401
6402@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
6403@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
6404compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6405symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6406
6407@ifset COFF
6408@node Val
6409@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6410
6411@cindex @code{val} directive
6412@cindex COFF value attribute
6413@cindex value attribute, COFF
6414This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6415records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6416entry.
6417@ifset BOUT
6418
a4fb0134 6419@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6420configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6421@end ifset
6422@end ifset
6423
2e13b764 6424@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6425@node Version
6426@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6427
c1253627 6428@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6429This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6430formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6431@end ifset
2e13b764 6432
c91d2e08
NC
6433@ifset ELF
6434@node VTableEntry
6435@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6436
653cfe85 6437@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6438This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6439@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6440
c91d2e08
NC
6441@node VTableInherit
6442@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6443
653cfe85 6444@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6445This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6446@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6447parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6448parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6449@end ifset
2e13b764 6450
d190d046
HPN
6451@node Warning
6452@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6453@cindex warning directive
6454Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6455(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6456
c91d2e08
NC
6457@node Weak
6458@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6459
c1253627 6460@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6461This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6462@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6463
977cdf5a
NC
6464On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
6465directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6466@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6467
977cdf5a
NC
6468On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
6469When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
6470alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6471
06e77878
AO
6472@node Weakref
6473@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6474
6475@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6476This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6477be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6478If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6479will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6480symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6481
6482The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6483assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6484symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6485resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6486had the references to the alias removed.
6487
6488The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6489within the assembler.
6490
252b5132
RH
6491@node Word
6492@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6493
6494@cindex @code{word} directive
6495This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6496separated by commas.
6497@ifclear GENERIC
6498@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6499For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6500@end ifset
6501@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6502For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6503@end ifset
6504@end ifclear
6505@ifset GENERIC
6506
6507The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6508depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6509@end ifset
6510
6511@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6512@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6513@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6514@cindex difference tables altered
6515@cindex altered difference tables
6516@quotation
6517@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6518@end quotation
6519
6520@ifset GENERIC
6521Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6522addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6523interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6524@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6525
6526@end ifset
6527In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6528@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6529Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6530compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6531directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6532@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6533creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6534This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6535first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6536of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6537table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6538contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6539@code{sym2}.
6540
6541If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6542secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6543@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6544long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6545and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6546minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6547entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6548
6549@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6550@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6551@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6552assembly language programmers.
6553@end ifset
6554@end ifset
6555@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6556
6557@node Deprecated
6558@section Deprecated Directives
6559
6560@cindex deprecated directives
6561@cindex obsolescent directives
6562One day these directives won't work.
6563They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6564@table @t
6565@item .abort
6566@item .line
6567@end table
6568
3a99f02f
DJ
6569@ifset ELF
6570@node Object Attributes
6571@chapter Object Attributes
6572@cindex object attributes
6573
6574@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
6575into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
6576Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
6577point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
6578requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
6579passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
6580hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
6581generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
6582newer generation at run-time.
6583
6584This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
6585@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
6586time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
6587correctly.
6588
6589Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
6590attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
6591string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
6592and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
6593or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
6594attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
6595
6596Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
6597The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
6598
6599@menu
6600* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6601* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
6602@end menu
6603
6604@node GNU Object Attributes
6605@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6606
6607The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
6608with vendor @samp{gnu}.
6609
6610Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
6611its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
6612an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
66132} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
6614architecture-dependent ones.
6615
6616@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
6617
6618These attributes are valid on all architectures.
6619
6620@table @r
6621@item Tag_compatibility (32)
6622The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
6623the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
6624then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
6625than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
6626arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
6627@end table
6628
6629@subsection MIPS Attributes
6630
6631@table @r
6632@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
6633The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6634
6635@itemize @bullet
6636@item
66370 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6638@item
66391 for files using the hardware floating-point with a standard double-precision
6640FPU.
6641@item
66422 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
6643@item
66443 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a
TS
6645@item
66464 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit wide
6647double-precision floating-point registers and 32-bit wide general
6648purpose registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
6649@end itemize
6650@end table
6651
6652@subsection PowerPC Attributes
6653
6654@table @r
6655@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
6656The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6657
6658@itemize @bullet
6659@item
66600 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6661@item
3c7b9897 66621 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6663@item
66642 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
6665@item
66663 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6667@end itemize
6668
6669@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
6670The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6671
6672@itemize @bullet
6673@item
66740 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
6675@item
66761 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
6677@item
66782 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
6679@item
66803 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
6681@end itemize
6682@end table
6683
6684@node Defining New Object Attributes
6685@section Defining New Object Attributes
6686
6687If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
6688will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
6689mailing list.
6690
6691@itemize @bullet
6692@item
6693This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
6694@item
6695The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
6696@item
6697The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
6698and issue any appropriate link warnings.
6699@item
6700Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
6701@item
6702@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
6703@item
6704GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
6705@end itemize
6706
6707@end ifset
6708
252b5132
RH
6709@ifset GENERIC
6710@node Machine Dependencies
6711@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6712
6713@cindex machine dependencies
6714The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
6715each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
6716vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
6717directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
6718assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 6719@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
6720optimization.
6721
6722This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
6723include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
6724subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
6725
6726@menu
625e1353
RH
6727@ifset ALPHA
6728* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
6729@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6730@ifset ARC
6731* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
6732@end ifset
6733@ifset ARM
6734* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
6735@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
6736@ifset AVR
6737* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
6738@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
6739@ifset Blackfin
6740* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 6741@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
6742@ifset CR16
6743* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
6744@end ifset
8bf549a8 6745@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
6746* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
6747@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6748@ifset D10V
6749* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
6750@end ifset
6751@ifset D30V
6752* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
6753@end ifset
6754@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 6755* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 6756@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6757@ifset HPPA
6758* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
6759@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
6760@ifset I370
6761* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
6762@end ifset
252b5132 6763@ifset I80386
55b62671 6764* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6765@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
6766@ifset I860
6767* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
6768@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6769@ifset I960
6770* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
6771@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
6772@ifset IA64
6773* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
6774@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
6775@ifset IP2K
6776* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
6777@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
6778@ifset LM32
6779* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
6780@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
6781@ifset M32C
6782* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
6783@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
6784@ifset M32R
6785* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
6786@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6787@ifset M680X0
6788* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
6789@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
6790@ifset M68HC11
6791* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
6792@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
6793@ifset MICROBLAZE
6794* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
6795@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6796@ifset MIPS
6797* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
6798@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
6799@ifset MMIX
6800* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
6801@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
6802@ifset MSP430
6803* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
6804@end ifset
252b5132 6805@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
6806* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
6807* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6808@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
6809@ifset PDP11
6810* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
6811@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
6812@ifset PJ
6813* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
6814@end ifset
418c1742
MG
6815@ifset PPC
6816* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
6817@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
6818@ifset S390
6819* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
6820@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
6821@ifset SCORE
6822* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
6823@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6824@ifset SPARC
6825* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
6826@end ifset
39bec121
TW
6827@ifset TIC54X
6828* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
6829@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6830@ifset V850
6831* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
6832@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
6833@ifset XTENSA
6834* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
6835@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
6836@ifset Z80
6837* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
6838@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6839@ifset Z8000
6840* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
6841@end ifset
6842@ifset VAX
6843* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
6844@end ifset
6845@end menu
6846
6847@lowersections
6848@end ifset
6849
6850@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
6851@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
6852@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
6853@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
6854@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
6855@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
6856@c in both conditional blocks.
6857
625e1353
RH
6858@ifset ALPHA
6859@include c-alpha.texi
6860@end ifset
6861
6862@ifset ARC
6863@include c-arc.texi
6864@end ifset
6865
252b5132
RH
6866@ifset ARM
6867@include c-arm.texi
6868@end ifset
6869
8473f7a4
DC
6870@ifset AVR
6871@include c-avr.texi
6872@end ifset
6873
3b4e1885 6874@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
6875@include c-bfin.texi
6876@end ifset
6877
3d3d428f
NC
6878@ifset CR16
6879@include c-cr16.texi
6880@end ifset
6881
328eb32e
HPN
6882@ifset CRIS
6883@include c-cris.texi
6884@end ifset
6885
c2dcd04e 6886@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
6887@ifclear GENERIC
6888@node Machine Dependencies
6889@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6890
c2dcd04e 6891The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 6892and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 6893chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
6894family.
6895
6896@menu
c2dcd04e 6897* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 6898* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
6899@end menu
6900@lowersections
6901@end ifclear
6902@end ifset
6903
6904@ifset D10V
6905@include c-d10v.texi
6906@end ifset
6907
6908@ifset D30V
6909@include c-d30v.texi
6910@end ifset
6911
6912@ifset H8/300
6913@include c-h8300.texi
6914@end ifset
6915
252b5132
RH
6916@ifset HPPA
6917@include c-hppa.texi
6918@end ifset
6919
5b93d8bb
AM
6920@ifset I370
6921@include c-i370.texi
6922@end ifset
6923
252b5132
RH
6924@ifset I80386
6925@include c-i386.texi
6926@end ifset
6927
e3308d0d
JE
6928@ifset I860
6929@include c-i860.texi
6930@end ifset
6931
252b5132
RH
6932@ifset I960
6933@include c-i960.texi
6934@end ifset
6935
9e32ca89
NC
6936@ifset IA64
6937@include c-ia64.texi
6938@end ifset
6939
a40cbfa3
NC
6940@ifset IP2K
6941@include c-ip2k.texi
6942@end ifset
6943
84e94c90
NC
6944@ifset LM32
6945@include c-lm32.texi
6946@end ifset
6947
49f58d10
JB
6948@ifset M32C
6949@include c-m32c.texi
6950@end ifset
6951
ec694b89
NC
6952@ifset M32R
6953@include c-m32r.texi
6954@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6955
6956@ifset M680X0
6957@include c-m68k.texi
6958@end ifset
6959
60bcf0fa
NC
6960@ifset M68HC11
6961@include c-m68hc11.texi
6962@end ifset
6963
7ba29e2a
NC
6964@ifset MICROBLAZE
6965@include c-microblaze.texi
6966@end ifset
6967
252b5132
RH
6968@ifset MIPS
6969@include c-mips.texi
6970@end ifset
6971
3c3bdf30
NC
6972@ifset MMIX
6973@include c-mmix.texi
6974@end ifset
6975
2469cfa2
NC
6976@ifset MSP430
6977@include c-msp430.texi
6978@end ifset
6979
252b5132
RH
6980@ifset NS32K
6981@include c-ns32k.texi
6982@end ifset
6983
e135f41b
NC
6984@ifset PDP11
6985@include c-pdp11.texi
6986@end ifset
6987
041dd5a9
ILT
6988@ifset PJ
6989@include c-pj.texi
6990@end ifset
6991
418c1742
MG
6992@ifset PPC
6993@include c-ppc.texi
6994@end ifset
6995
11c19e16
MS
6996@ifset S390
6997@include c-s390.texi
6998@end ifset
6999
c0157db4
NC
7000@ifset SCORE
7001@include c-score.texi
7002@end ifset
7003
252b5132
RH
7004@ifset SH
7005@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7006@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7007@end ifset
7008
7009@ifset SPARC
7010@include c-sparc.texi
7011@end ifset
7012
39bec121
TW
7013@ifset TIC54X
7014@include c-tic54x.texi
7015@end ifset
7016
3c9b82ba
NC
7017@ifset Z80
7018@include c-z80.texi
7019@end ifset
7020
252b5132
RH
7021@ifset Z8000
7022@include c-z8k.texi
7023@end ifset
7024
7025@ifset VAX
7026@include c-vax.texi
7027@end ifset
7028
7029@ifset V850
7030@include c-v850.texi
7031@end ifset
7032
e0001a05
NC
7033@ifset XTENSA
7034@include c-xtensa.texi
7035@end ifset
7036
252b5132
RH
7037@ifset GENERIC
7038@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7039@raisesections
7040@end ifset
7041
7042@node Reporting Bugs
7043@chapter Reporting Bugs
7044@cindex bugs in assembler
7045@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7046
a4fb0134 7047Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7048
7049Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7050not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7051entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7052Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7053
7054In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7055information that enables us to fix the bug.
7056
7057@menu
7058* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7059* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7060@end menu
7061
7062@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7063@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7064@cindex bug criteria
7065
7066If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7067
7068@itemize @bullet
7069@cindex fatal signal
7070@cindex assembler crash
7071@cindex crash of assembler
7072@item
7073If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7074@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7075
7076@cindex error on valid input
7077@item
a4fb0134 7078If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7079
7080@cindex invalid input
7081@item
a4fb0134 7082If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7083is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7084be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7085
7086@item
7087If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7088of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7089@end itemize
7090
7091@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7092@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7093@cindex bug reports
7094@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7095
7096A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7097you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7098contact that organization first.
7099
7100You can find contact information for many support companies and
7101individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7102distribution.
7103
ad22bfe8 7104@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7105In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7106to @value{BUGURL}.
7107@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7108
7109The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7110@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7111fact or leave it out, state it!
7112
7113Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7114and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7115name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7116not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7117happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7118perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7119the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7120give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7121and the most helpful.
7122
7123Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7124it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7125that the bug has not been reported previously.
7126
7127Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7128bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7129respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7130You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7131
7132To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7133
7134@itemize @bullet
7135@item
a4fb0134 7136The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7137it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7138
7139Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7140the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7141
7142@item
a4fb0134 7143Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7144
7145@item
7146The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7147version number.
7148
7149@item
a4fb0134 7150What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7151``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7152
7153@item
7154The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7155observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7156all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7157
7158If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7159and then we might not encounter the bug.
7160
7161@item
7162A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7163the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7164high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7165when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7166the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7167file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7168@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7169
7170@item
7171A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7172incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7173
a4fb0134 7174Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7175will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7176notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7177make a mistake.
7178
7179Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7180explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7181@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7182library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7183would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7184would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7185expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7186observations.
7187
7188@item
a4fb0134 7189If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7190diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7191option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7192discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7193by line number.
7194
7195The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7196sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7197@end itemize
7198
7199Here are some things that are not necessary:
7200
7201@itemize @bullet
7202@item
7203A description of the envelope of the bug.
7204
7205Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7206which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7207changes will not affect it.
7208
7209This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7210will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7211with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7212We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7213
7214Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7215of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7216output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7217less time, and so on.
7218
7219However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7220report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7221
7222@item
7223A patch for the bug.
7224
7225A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7226the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7227a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7228to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7229
a4fb0134 7230Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7231construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7232the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7233one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7234
7235And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7236patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7237help us to understand.
7238
7239@item
7240A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7241
7242Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7243things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7244@end itemize
7245
7246@node Acknowledgements
7247@chapter Acknowledgements
7248
653cfe85 7249If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132
RH
7250it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
7251maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
7252@c (January 1994),
7253the maintainer is Ken Raeburn (email address @code{raeburn@@cygnus.com}).
7254
7255Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7256more details?}
7257
7258Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7259information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7260extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7261
7262K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7263many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7264up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7265testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7266including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7267and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7268support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7269port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7270file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7271assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7272
7273Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7274in format-specific I/O modules.
7275
7276The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7277has done much work with it since.
7278
7279The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7280
7281Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7282
7283The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7284University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7285
7286Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7287(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7288(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7289support a.out format.
7290
7be1c489
AM
7291Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7292tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7293Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7294use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7295targets.
7296
7297John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7298simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7299updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7300fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7301remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7302cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7303required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7304
7305Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
730668k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7307added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7308PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7309
653cfe85 7310Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7311
7312Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7313
7314Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7315along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7316formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7317the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7318
7319Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7320Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7321Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7322Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7323and some initial 64-bit support).
7324
c1253627 7325Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7326
252b5132
RH
7327Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7328support for openVMS/Alpha.
7329
39bec121
TW
7330Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7331flavors.
7332
e0001a05 7333David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7334Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7335
252b5132
RH
7336Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7337configuration enhancements.
7338
84e94c90
NC
7339Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
7340
252b5132
RH
7341Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7342you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7343want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7344intentionally leaving anyone out.
7345
793c5807
NC
7346@node GNU Free Documentation License
7347@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 7348@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7349
370b66a1
CD
7350@node AS Index
7351@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7352
7353@printindex cp
7354
252b5132
RH
7355@bye
7356@c Local Variables:
7357@c fill-column: 79
7358@c End:
This page took 1.093966 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.